0fb24cb42c68c9f288d49497d6b1b7a44d7bceaa
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
376 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
377 @end itemize
378
379 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
380
381 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
382 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
383 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
384 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
385 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
386
387 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
388 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
389 (see the section on driver commands).
390
391 @itemize
392 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
394 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
395 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
396 @end itemize
397
398 @section USB JLINK based
399 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
400 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
401 AT91SAM764 internally.
402
403 @itemize @bullet
404 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
406 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
408 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
409 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
410 @end itemize
411
412 @section USB RLINK based
413 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
414
415 @itemize @bullet
416 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
420 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
421 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
422 @end itemize
423
424 @section USB ST-LINK based
425 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
426 They only works with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
427
428 @itemize @bullet
429 @item @b{ST-LINK}
430 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
432 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
433 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
435 @end itemize
436
437 @section USB Other
438 @itemize @bullet
439 @item @b{USBprog}
440 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
441
442 @item @b{USB - Presto}
443 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
444
445 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
446 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
447
448 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
449 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
450
451 @item @b{Buspirate}
452 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
453 @end itemize
454
455 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
456
457 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
458 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
459 these on the market.
460
461 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
462 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
463 of USB-based ones.
464
465 @itemize @bullet
466
467 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
468 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
469
470 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
471 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
472 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
473
474 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
475 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
476
477 @item @b{GW16402}
478 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
479
480 @item @b{Wiggler2}
481 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
482 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
483
484 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
485 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
486
487 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
488 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
489
490 @item @b{arm-jtag}
491 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
492
493 @item @b{chameleon}
494 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
495
496 @item @b{Triton}
497 @* Unknown.
498
499 @item @b{Lattice}
500 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
501 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
502
503 @item @b{flashlink}
504 @* From ST Microsystems;
505 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
506 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
507
508 @end itemize
509
510 @section Other...
511 @itemize @bullet
512
513 @item @b{ep93xx}
514 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
515
516 @item @b{at91rm9200}
517 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
518
519 @end itemize
520
521 @node About Jim-Tcl
522 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
523 @cindex Jim-Tcl
524 @cindex tcl
525
526 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
527 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
528 command interpreter.
529
530 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
531 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
532 much of anything about Tcl.
533 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
534
535 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
536 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
537 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
538 OpenOCD mailing list.
539
540 @itemize @bullet
541 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
542 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
543 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
544 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
545 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
546 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
547
548 @item @b{Missing Features}
549 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
550 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
551 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
552 enabled in OpenOCD.
553
554 @item @b{Scripts}
555 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
556 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
557 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
558
559 @item @b{Commands}
560 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
561 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
562 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
563 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
564
565 @item @b{Historical Note}
566 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
567 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
568 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
569 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
570
571 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
572 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
573 @end itemize
574
575 @node Running
576 @chapter Running
577 @cindex command line options
578 @cindex logfile
579 @cindex directory search
580
581 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
582 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
583 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
584 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
585 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
586
587 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
588 tell it how each debug session should work.
589 The @option{--help} option shows:
590 @verbatim
591 bash$ openocd --help
592
593 --help | -h display this help
594 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
595 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
596 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
597 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
598 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
599 --command | -c run <command>
600 @end verbatim
601
602 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
603 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
604 To specify one or more different
605 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
606
607 @example
608 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
609 @end example
610
611 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
612 @enumerate
613 @item the current directory,
614 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
615 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
616 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
617 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
618 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
619 @end enumerate
620 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
621
622 @quotation Note
623 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
624 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
625 @end quotation
626
627 @section Simple setup, no customization
628
629 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
630 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
631 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
632 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
633 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
634
635 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
636 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
637 the server like:
638
639 @example
640 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
641 @end example
642
643 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
644 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
645 If all goes well you'll see output something like
646
647 @example
648 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
649 For bug reports, read
650 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
651 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
652 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
653 @end example
654
655 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
656 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
657 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
658
659 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
660
661 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
662 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
663 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
664 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
665 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
666 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
667 ensure that this always succeeds.
668 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
669 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
670 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
671 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
672
673 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
674 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
675 those channels.
676
677 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
678 the @option{-d} option.
679
680 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
681 @option{-c} command line switch.
682
683 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
684 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
685 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
686 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
687 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
688 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
689 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
690
691 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
692 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
693
694 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
695 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
696 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
697 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
698
699 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
700 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
701
702 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
703 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
704 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
705 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
706 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
707 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
708 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
709
710 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
711
712 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
713 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
714 and a USB cable on the other.
715 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
716 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
717
718 @enumerate
719 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
720 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
721 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
722 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
723 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
724 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
725 debugging host.
726
727 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
728 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
729 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
730 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
731 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
732
733 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
734 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
735 with 1.2 Volt boards.
736
737 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
738 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
739 ways to connect the cable.
740 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
741 Be sure it's firmly connected.
742
743 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
744 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
745 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
746 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
747 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
748 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
749 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
750 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
751
752 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
753 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
754 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
755 but are tedious to set up.
756 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
757 adapter signals to the right board pins.
758
759 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
760 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
761 you are using to run OpenOCD.
762 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
763
764 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
765 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
766 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
767
768 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
769 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
770 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
771
772 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
773 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
774 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
775 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
776
777 @end enumerate
778
779 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
780 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
781 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
782
783 @section Project Directory
784
785 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
786
787 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
788 single directory for your work with a given board.
789 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
790 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
791 files accessed through semihosting,
792 and for code you upload to the target board.
793 It is also the natural place to write files,
794 such as log files and data you download from the board.
795
796 @section Configuration Basics
797
798 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
799 a variety of ways you can mix them.
800 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
801
802 @itemize
803 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
804 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
805 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
806 @end itemize
807
808 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
809 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
810 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
811
812 @example
813 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
814
815 # GDB can also flash my flash!
816 gdb_memory_map enable
817 gdb_flash_program enable
818
819 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
820 @end example
821
822 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
823
824 @example
825 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
826 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
827 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
828 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
829 @end example
830
831 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
832 each supporting a different development task.
833 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
834 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
835
836 @quotation Important
837 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
838 problems with how it treats variables.
839 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
840 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
841 that can be tested in a later script.
842 @end quotation
843
844 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
845 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
846 to simplify your work.
847
848 @section User Config Files
849 @cindex config file, user
850 @cindex user config file
851 @cindex config file, overview
852
853 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
854 in one place.
855 One of the following will match your situation best:
856
857 @itemize
858 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
859 provided by someone else.
860 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
861 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
862 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
863 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
864 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
865 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
866
867 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
868 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
869
870 @enumerate
871 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
872 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
873 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
874 @end enumerate
875
876 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
877 The first is an interface config file.
878 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
879 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
880 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
881 meet your deadline:
882
883 @example
884 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
885 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
886 @end example
887
888 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
889 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
890 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
891 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
892
893 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
894 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
895 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
896 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
897 target and board
898 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
899 @xref{Autoprobing}.
900
901 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
902 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
903 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
904 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
905
906 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
907 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
908 giving access to your particular flash chips.
909 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
910 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
911
912 @quotation Note
913 When you write new configuration files, please submit
914 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
915 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
916 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
917 will help support users of any board using that chip.
918 @end quotation
919
920 @item
921 You may may need to write some C code.
922 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
923 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
924 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
925 a new chip architecture.
926 @end itemize
927
928 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
929 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
930 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
931
932 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
933 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
934 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
935 @itemize
936
937 @item
938 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
939 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
940 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
941 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
942
943 @item
944 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
945 @cindex vector_catch
946 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
947 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
948 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
949 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
950 along with messaging and tracing setup.
951 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
952
953 @item
954 You might need to override some defaults.
955 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
956 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
957
958 @item
959 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
960 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
961 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
962 @end itemize
963
964 @section Project-Specific Utilities
965
966 A few project-specific utility
967 routines may well speed up your work.
968 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
969
970 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
971 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
972 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
973 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
974 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
975 may help:
976
977 @example
978 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
979 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
980 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
981 # Leave the CPU halted.
982 reset init
983
984 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
985 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
986
987 # Start running.
988 resume 0x20000000
989 @}
990 @end example
991
992 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
993 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
994 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
995 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
996 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
997
998 @example
999 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1000 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1001 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1002 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1003 reset init
1004
1005 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1006 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1007 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1008 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1009 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1010 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1011 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1012
1013 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1014 reset run
1015 @}
1016 @end example
1017
1018 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1019 from NAND.
1020 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1021 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1022 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1023
1024 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1025 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1026
1027 @section Target Software Changes
1028
1029 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1030 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1031 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1032 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1033 handling issues like:
1034
1035 @itemize @bullet
1036
1037 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1038 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1039 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1040 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1041 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1042 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1043 your debug sessions.
1044
1045 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1046 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1047 That might however be your only option.
1048
1049 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1050 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1051 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1052 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1053 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1054 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1055 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1056 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1057 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1058 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1059 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1060 instead of the whole thing.
1061 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1062 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1063
1064 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1065 @cindex ARM semihosting
1066 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1067 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1068 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1069 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1070 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1071 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1072 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1073 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1074 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1075 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1076 NAND or SPI flash.
1077
1078 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1079 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1080 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1081 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1082 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1083
1084 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1085 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1086 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1087 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1088 registers which can be used to change various features including
1089 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1090 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1091 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1092 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1093 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1094
1095 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1096 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1097 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1098 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1099 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1100
1101 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1102 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1103 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1104 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1105 early code execution can be debugged
1106 or firmware can be replaced.
1107
1108 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1109 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1110 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1111 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1112 operations like writing to memory.)
1113
1114 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1115 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1116 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1117 various kinds of message.
1118 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1119
1120 @end itemize
1121
1122 @section Target Hardware Setup
1123
1124 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1125 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1126 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1127 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1128 working with.}
1129
1130 Common issues include:
1131
1132 @itemize @bullet
1133
1134 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1135 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1136 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1137 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1138 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1139 or one from a daughtercard).
1140 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1141 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1142
1143 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1144 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1145 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1146 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1147 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1148 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1149
1150 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1151 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1152 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1153 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1154 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1155
1156
1157 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1158 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1159 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1160 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1161 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1162 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1163 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1164
1165 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1166 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1167 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1168 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1169 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1170
1171 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1172 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1173 used to start booting.
1174
1175 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1176 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1177 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1178 multiple audio codec chips).
1179 This interacts with software
1180 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1181 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1182 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1183 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1184 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1185 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1186 audio or video codecs are used.
1187
1188 @end itemize
1189
1190 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1191 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1192 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1193 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1194 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1195 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1196 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1197 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1198 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1199 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1200
1201
1202 @node Config File Guidelines
1203 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1204
1205 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1206 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1207 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1208 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1209
1210 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1211 with files including the ones listed here.
1212 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1213 @itemize @bullet
1214 @item @file{interface} ...
1215 These are for debug adapters.
1216 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1217 @example
1218 $ ls interface
1219 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1220 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1221 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1222 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1223 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1224 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1225 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1226 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1227 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1228 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1229 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1230 $
1231 @end example
1232 @item @file{board} ...
1233 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1234 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1235 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1236 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1237 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1238 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1239 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1240 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1241 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1242 a CPU and an FPGA.
1243 @example
1244 $ ls board
1245 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1246 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1247 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1248 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1249 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1250 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1251 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1252 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1253 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1254 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1255 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1256 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1257 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1258 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1259 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1260 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1261 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1262 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1263 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1264 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1265 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1266 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1267 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1268 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1269 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1270 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1271 $
1272 @end example
1273 @item @file{target} ...
1274 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1275 on a chip
1276 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1277 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1278 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1279 the target config file defines all of them.
1280 @example
1281 $ ls target
1282 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1283 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1284 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1285 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1286 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1287 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1288 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1289 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1290 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1291 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1292 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1293 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1294 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1295 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1296 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1297 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1298 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1299 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1300 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1301 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1302 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1303 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1304 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1305 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1306 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1307 $
1308 @end example
1309 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1310 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1311 @end itemize
1312
1313 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1314 file may override features in any of the above files by
1315 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1316 commands specific to their situation.
1317
1318 @section Interface Config Files
1319
1320 The user config file
1321 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1322
1323 @example
1324 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1325 @end example
1326
1327 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1328 in use today with OpenOCD.
1329 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1330 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1331
1332 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1333 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1334 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1335 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1336 and need to provide a driver for it.
1337
1338 @section Board Config Files
1339 @cindex config file, board
1340 @cindex board config file
1341
1342 The user config file
1343 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1344
1345 @example
1346 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1347 @end example
1348
1349 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1350 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1351 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1352
1353 @enumerate
1354 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1355 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1356 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1357 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1358 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1359 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1360 @end enumerate
1361
1362 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1363 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1364 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1365 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1366
1367 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1368 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1369 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1370 configuration works.
1371
1372 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1373
1374 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1375 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1376 convention on how to use certain variables.
1377
1378 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1379 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1380 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1381 used at will within a target configuration file.
1382
1383 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1384 for a board with three chips:
1385
1386 @example
1387 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1388 set CHIPNAME network
1389 set ENDIAN big
1390 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1391 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1392 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1393 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1394
1395 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1396 set CHIPNAME video
1397 set ENDIAN little
1398 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1399 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1400 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1401 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1402
1403 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1404 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1405 unset ENDIAN
1406 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1407 @end example
1408
1409 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1410 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1411 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1412 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1413 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1414 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1415 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1416 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1417
1418 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1419 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1420 naming collisions.
1421
1422 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1423 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1424 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1425 up other clocks and peripherals.
1426
1427 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1428 @cindex variable names
1429
1430 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1431 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1432 one such chip (as shown above).
1433 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1434 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1435 to promote consistency and
1436 so that board files can override target defaults.
1437
1438 Inputs to target config files include:
1439
1440 @itemize @bullet
1441 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1442 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1443 tap identifier dotted names.
1444 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1445 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1446 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1447 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1448 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1449 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1450 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1451 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1452 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1453 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1454 @end itemize
1455
1456 Outputs from target config files include:
1457
1458 @itemize @bullet
1459 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1460 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1461 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1462 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1463 specific to that board and that target.
1464 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1465 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1466 @end itemize
1467
1468 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1469 @cindex event, reset-init
1470 @cindex reset-init handler
1471
1472 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1473 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1474 fully set up yet.
1475 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1476 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1477 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1478 handler is one of the most important.
1479
1480 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1481 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1482 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1483 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1484 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1485
1486 @quotation Note
1487 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1488 are included here.
1489 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1490 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1491 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1492 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1493 @end quotation
1494
1495 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1496 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1497 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1498 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1499 those as parameters.
1500 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1501 and disabling the watchdog.
1502 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1503 the next developer doing such work.
1504 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1505
1506 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1507 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1508 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1509 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1510
1511 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1512
1513 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1514 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1515 a low JTAG clock rate.
1516 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1517 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1518 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1519 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1520 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1521 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1522 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1523
1524 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1525 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1526 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1527 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1528 which might be less than that.
1529
1530 @quotation Warning
1531 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1532 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1533 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1534 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1535 @end quotation
1536
1537 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1538 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1539 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1540 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1541 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1542 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1543
1544 @section Target Config Files
1545 @cindex config file, target
1546 @cindex target config file
1547
1548 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1549 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1550 more target config files like this:
1551
1552 @example
1553 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1554 @end example
1555
1556 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1557 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1558 In summary the target files should contain
1559
1560 @enumerate
1561 @item Set defaults
1562 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1563 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1564 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1565 @item On-Chip flash
1566 @end enumerate
1567
1568 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1569 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1570 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1571
1572 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1573 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1574 can talk to the chip.
1575 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1576 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1577 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1578 and other processing engines.
1579
1580 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1581
1582 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1583 letting board config files express environment-specific
1584 differences in how things should be set up.
1585
1586 @example
1587 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1588 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1589 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1590 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1591 @} else @{
1592 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1593 @}
1594
1595 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1596 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1597 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1598 @} else @{
1599 set _ENDIAN little
1600 @}
1601
1602 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1603 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1604 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1605 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1606 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1607 @} else @{
1608 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1609 @}
1610 @end example
1611 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1612
1613 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1614 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1615 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1616
1617 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1618 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1619 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1620
1621 @example
1622 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1623 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1624 @end example
1625
1626 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1627 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1628 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1629 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1630 for taps.
1631
1632 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1633 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1634 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1635 looks (in part) like this:
1636
1637 @example
1638 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1639 @end example
1640
1641 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1642 to source such a config file twice, with different
1643 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1644 it adds a different TAP each time.
1645
1646 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1647 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1648 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1649 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1650
1651 @example
1652 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1653 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1654 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1655 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1656 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1657 @end example
1658
1659 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1660 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1661
1662 @itemize
1663 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1664 plus a JRC to enable them
1665 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1666 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1667 is not currently used)
1668 @end itemize
1669
1670 @subsection Add CPU targets
1671
1672 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1673 GDB and other commands can use it.
1674 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1675 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1676 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1677 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1678
1679 @example
1680 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1681 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1682 @end example
1683
1684 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1685 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1686 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1687 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1688 a work area if you can.
1689 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1690
1691 @example
1692 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1693 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1694 @end example
1695
1696 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1697 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1698 @cindex SMP
1699 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1700
1701 @example
1702 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1703 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1704 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1705 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1706 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1707 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1708 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1709 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1710 @end example
1711 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1712 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1713 @itemize @bullet
1714 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1715 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1716 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1717 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1718 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1719 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1720 @end itemize
1721
1722 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1723 command have been implemented.
1724 @itemize @bullet
1725 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1726 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1727 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1728 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1729 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1730 following example.
1731 @end itemize
1732
1733 @example
1734 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1735 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1736 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1737 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1738 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1739 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1740 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1741 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1742 > resume
1743 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1744 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1745 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1746 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1747 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1748 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1749 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1750 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1751 @end example
1752
1753
1754 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1755
1756 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1757 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1758 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1759
1760 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1761 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1762 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1763 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1764 both signals.
1765
1766 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1767 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1768 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1769 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1770 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1771 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1772 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1773 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1774 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1775 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1776 not available.)
1777
1778 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1779 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1780 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1781 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1782 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1783 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1784 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1785 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1786
1787 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1788 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1789 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1790 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1791 slower clock than they will use later.
1792 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1793 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1794 than they will use later.
1795 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1796
1797 @quotation Important
1798 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1799 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1800 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1801 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1802 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1803 @end quotation
1804
1805 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1806
1807 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1808 special high speed download features - enable it.
1809
1810 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1811
1812 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1813 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1814 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1815 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1816 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1817 If you are using an external trace port,
1818 configure it in your board config file.
1819 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1820 configure it in your target config file.
1821
1822 @example
1823 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1824 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1825 @end example
1826
1827 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1828
1829 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1830
1831 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1832 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1833 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1834 the TARGET (chip) file.
1835
1836 Examples:
1837 @itemize @bullet
1838 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1839 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1840 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1841 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1842 @end itemize
1843
1844 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1845 @section Translating Configuration Files
1846 @cindex translation
1847 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1848 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1849 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1850 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1851 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1852 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1853
1854 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1855 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1856 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1857 convert other scripts later on.
1858
1859 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1860 replace job:
1861
1862 @example
1863 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1864 #
1865 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1866 #
1867 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1868 #
1869 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1870
1871 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1872 global TARGETNAME
1873
1874 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1875
1876 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1877 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1878 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1879 @}
1880 @end example
1881
1882
1883
1884 @node Daemon Configuration
1885 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1886 @cindex initialization
1887 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1888 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1889 supported.
1890
1891 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1892 @section Configuration Stage
1893 @cindex configuration stage
1894 @cindex config command
1895
1896 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1897 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1898 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1899 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1900 inside startup scripts.
1901
1902 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1903 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1904 which may be issued interactively.
1905 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1906 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1907
1908 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1909 flash banks,
1910 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1911 and other basic setup.
1912 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1913 may access or activate TAPs.
1914 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1915 longer be issued.
1916
1917 @section Entering the Run Stage
1918
1919 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1920 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1921 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1922 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1923 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1924 You should see no errors at this point.
1925 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1926 commands you used to configure the server.
1927 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1928 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1929 on the scan chain.
1930
1931 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1932 become available.
1933 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1934 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1935 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1936 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1937 entry to the run stage.
1938
1939 @deffn {Config Command} init
1940 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1941 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1942 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1943 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1944 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1945 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1946
1947 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1948 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1949 configuration files and/or command line options.
1950
1951 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1952 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1953 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1954 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1955 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1956 @end deffn
1957
1958 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1959 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1960 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1961
1962 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1963 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1964 scan chain.
1965 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1966 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1967
1968 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1969 they return.
1970 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1971 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1972 @end deffn
1973
1974 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1975 @section TCP/IP Ports
1976 @cindex TCP port
1977 @cindex server
1978 @cindex port
1979 @cindex security
1980 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1981 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1982 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1983
1984 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1985 access using one or more of these ports.
1986 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1987 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1988 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1989
1990 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1991 @cindex GDB server
1992 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1993 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1994 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1995 the normal use cases.
1996
1997 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1998 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1999 disables the gdb server.
2000
2001 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2002 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2003
2004 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2005 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2006
2007 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2008 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2009 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2010
2011 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2012 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2013 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2014 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2015 @end deffn
2016
2017 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2018 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2019 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2020 output from the Tcl engine.
2021 Intended as a machine interface.
2022 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2023 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2024
2025 @end deffn
2026
2027 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2028 Specify or query the
2029 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2030 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2031 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2032 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2033 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2034 @end deffn
2035
2036 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2037 @section GDB Configuration
2038 @cindex GDB
2039 @cindex GDB configuration
2040 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2041 The ones listed here are static and global.
2042 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2043 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2044
2045 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2046 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2047 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2048 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2049 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2050 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2051 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2052 @end deffn
2053
2054 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2055 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2056 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2057 vFlash packet is received.
2058 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2059 @end deffn
2060
2061 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2062 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2063 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2064 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2065 for flash programming to work.
2066 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2067 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2068 @end deffn
2069
2070 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2071 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2072 by GDB memory read packets.
2073 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2074 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2075 @end deffn
2076
2077 @anchor{Event Polling}
2078 @section Event Polling
2079
2080 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2081 where significant events can happen at any time.
2082 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2083 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2084 or to GDB.
2085
2086 Examples of such events include:
2087
2088 @itemize
2089 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2090 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2091 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2092 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2093 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2094 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2095 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2096 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2097 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2098 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2099 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2100 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2101 @end itemize
2102
2103 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2104 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2105 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2106 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2107 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2108
2109 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2110 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2111 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2112 to the various active targets.
2113 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2114 which is normally done in the background.
2115
2116 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2117 Poll the current target for its current state.
2118 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2119 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2120 specific information about the current state is printed.
2121 An optional parameter
2122 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2123
2124 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2125 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2126 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2127 @example
2128 > poll
2129 background polling: on
2130 target state: halted
2131 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2132 current mode: Supervisor
2133 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2134 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2135 >
2136 @end example
2137 @end deffn
2138
2139 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2140 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2141 @cindex config file, interface
2142 @cindex interface config file
2143
2144 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2145 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2146 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2147
2148 @quotation Note
2149 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2150 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2151 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2152 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2153 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2154 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2155 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2156 @end quotation
2157
2158 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2159 through commands in an interface configuration
2160 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2161 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2162
2163 @example
2164 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2165 @end example
2166
2167 These commands tell
2168 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2169 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2170
2171 @example
2172 # jlink interface
2173 interface jlink
2174 @end example
2175
2176 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2177
2178
2179 @section Interface Configuration
2180
2181 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2182 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2183 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2184
2185 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2186 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2187 target.
2188 @end deffn
2189
2190 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2191 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2192 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2193 @end deffn
2194 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2195 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2196 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2197 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2198 the hardware can support.
2199 @end deffn
2200
2201
2202
2203 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2204 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2205 @end deffn
2206
2207 @section Interface Drivers
2208
2209 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2210 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2211 available at run time.
2212
2213 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2214 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2215 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2216 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2217
2218 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2219 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2220 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2221 @end deffn
2222
2223 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2224 Displays status of RTCK option.
2225 Optionally sets that option first.
2226 @end deffn
2227 @end deffn
2228
2229 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2230 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2231 This has one driver-specific command:
2232
2233 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2234 Logs some status
2235 @end deffn
2236 @end deffn
2237
2238 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2239 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2240 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2241 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2242 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2243 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2244 @end deffn
2245
2246 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2247 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2248 @end deffn
2249
2250 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2251 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2252 @end deffn
2253
2254 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2255 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2256 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2257 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2258
2259 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2260 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2261 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2262 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2263 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2264 @end deffn
2265
2266 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2267 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2268 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2269 is connected to the host.
2270 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2271 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2272 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2273 @end deffn
2274
2275 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2276 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2277 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2278 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2279 @itemize @minus
2280 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2281 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2282 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2283 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2284 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2285 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2286 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2287 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2288 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2289 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2290 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2291 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2292 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2293 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2294 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2295 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2296 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2297 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2298 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2299 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2300 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2301 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2302 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2303 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2304 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2305 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2306 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2307 @end itemize
2308 @end deffn
2309
2310 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2311 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2312 default values are used.
2313 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2314 @example
2315 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2316 @end example
2317 @end deffn
2318
2319 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2320 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2321 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2322 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2323 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2324 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2325 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2326 @end deffn
2327
2328 For example, the interface config file for a
2329 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2330
2331 @example
2332 interface ft2232
2333 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2334 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2335 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2336 @end example
2337 @end deffn
2338
2339 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2340 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2341 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2342 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2343
2344 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2345 processors which are being simulated.
2346
2347 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2348 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2349 sockets instead of TCP.
2350 @end deffn
2351
2352 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2353 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2354 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2355 @end deffn
2356
2357 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2358 something like:
2359
2360 @example
2361 interface remote_bitbang
2362 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2363 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2364 @end example
2365
2366 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2367 named mysocket:
2368
2369 @example
2370 interface remote_bitbang
2371 remote_bitbang_port 0
2372 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2373 @end example
2374 @end deffn
2375
2376 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2377 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2378 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2379 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2380
2381 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2382 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2383 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2384 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2385 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2386 @end deffn
2387
2388 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2389 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2390 default values are used.
2391 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2392 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2393 @example
2394 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2395 @end example
2396 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2397 @example
2398 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2399 @end example
2400 @end deffn
2401
2402 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2403 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2404 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2405 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2406
2407 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2408 @example
2409 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2410 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2411 @end example
2412 @end deffn
2413
2414 @end deffn
2415
2416 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2417 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2418 This has one driver-specific command:
2419
2420 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2421 Display either the address of the I/O port
2422 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2423 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2424 This is a write-once setting.
2425 @end deffn
2426 @end deffn
2427
2428 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2429 Segger jlink USB adapter
2430 @c command: jlink caps
2431 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2432 @c command: jlink config
2433 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2434 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2435 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2436 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2437 @c set the MAC Address
2438 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2439 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2440 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2441 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2442 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2443 @c command: jlink config reset
2444 @c reset the current config
2445 @c command: jlink config save
2446 @c save the current config
2447 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2448 @c set the USB-Address,
2449 @c This will change the product id
2450 @c command: jlink info
2451 @c dumps status
2452 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2453 @c sets version 2 or 3
2454 @c command: jlink pid
2455 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2456 @end deffn
2457
2458 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2459 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2460 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2461 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2462 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2463
2464 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2465 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2466 This is a write-once setting.
2467 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2468
2469 @itemize @minus
2470 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2471 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2472 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2473 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2474 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2475 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2476 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2477 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2478 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2479 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2480 some versions of
2481 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2482 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2483 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2484 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2485 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2486 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2487 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2488 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2489 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2490 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2491 @end itemize
2492 @end deffn
2493
2494 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2495 Display either the address of the I/O port
2496 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2497 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2498 This is a write-once setting.
2499
2500 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2501 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2502 you may encounter a problem.
2503 @end deffn
2504
2505 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2506 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2507 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2508 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2509 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2510 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2511
2512 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2513 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2514 @quotation Tip
2515 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2516 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2517 @example
2518 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2519 > adapter_khz 500
2520 @end example
2521 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2522 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2523 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2524 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2525 large set of samples.
2526 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2527 @example
2528 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2529 @end example
2530 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2531 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2532
2533 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2534 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2535 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2536 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2537 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2538 @end quotation
2539 @end deffn
2540
2541 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2542 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2543 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2544 @end deffn
2545
2546 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2547 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2548
2549 @example
2550 interface parport
2551 parport_port 0x278
2552 parport_cable wiggler
2553 @end example
2554 @end deffn
2555
2556 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2557 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2558 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2559 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2560 @end deffn
2561 @end deffn
2562
2563 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2564 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2565 @end deffn
2566
2567 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2568 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2569 @end deffn
2570
2571 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2572 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2573
2574 @quotation Note
2575 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2576 which are not currently documented here.
2577 @end quotation
2578 @end deffn
2579
2580 @deffn {Interface Driver} {stlink}
2581 ST Micro ST-LINK adapter.
2582 @end deffn
2583
2584 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2585 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @quotation Note
2589 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2590 which are not currently documented here.
2591 @end quotation
2592
2593 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2594 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2595 No arguments: print status.
2596 @end deffn
2597
2598 @section Transport Configuration
2599 @cindex Transport
2600 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2601 and the debug adapter you are using,
2602 several transports may be available to
2603 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2604 @deffn Command {transport list}
2605 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2606 version of OpenOCD.
2607 @end deffn
2608
2609 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2610 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2611 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2612 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2613 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2614 @end deffn
2615
2616 @subsection JTAG Transport
2617 @cindex JTAG
2618 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2619 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2620 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2621 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2622 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2623 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2624 @subsection SWD Transport
2625 @cindex SWD
2626 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2627 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2628 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2629 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2630 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2631 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2632 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2633 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2634 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2635 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2636 expected to change.
2637 @end deffn
2638 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2639 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2640 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2641 No parameters: displays current settings.
2642 @end deffn
2643
2644 @subsection SPI Transport
2645 @cindex SPI
2646 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2647 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2648 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2649 solution for flash programming.
2650
2651 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2652 @section JTAG Speed
2653 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2654 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2655 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2656 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2657 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2658 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2659 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2660 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2661 power management software that may be active.
2662
2663 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2664 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2665 target event handler.
2666 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2667 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2668 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2669 sets up those clocks).
2670 @xref{Target Events}.
2671 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2672 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2673 in the target config file.
2674 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2675 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2676 config file instead.
2677 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2678 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2679 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2680
2681 @example
2682 jtag_rclk 3000
2683 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2684 @end example
2685
2686 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2687 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2688 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2689 may not be the fastest solution.
2690
2691 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2692 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2693 which support adaptive clocking.
2694
2695 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2696 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2697 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2698 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2699 than the speed specified.
2700
2701 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2702 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2703 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2704 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2705
2706 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2707 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2708 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2709 JTAG clocking after setup.
2710 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2711 If the interface device can not
2712 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2713 @end deffn
2714
2715 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2716 @cindex adaptive clocking
2717 @cindex RTCK
2718 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2719 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2720 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2721 @example
2722 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2723 jtag_rclk 3000
2724 @end example
2725 @end defun
2726
2727 @node Reset Configuration
2728 @chapter Reset Configuration
2729 @cindex Reset Configuration
2730
2731 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2732 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2733 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2734 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2735 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2736 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2737 Please see the various board files for examples.
2738
2739 @quotation Note
2740 To maintainers and integrators:
2741 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2742 Normally the board configuration file
2743 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2744 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2745
2746 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2747 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2748 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2749 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2750 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2751 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2752 @end quotation
2753
2754 @section Types of Reset
2755
2756 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2757 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2758 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2759
2760 @itemize @bullet
2761 @item
2762 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2763 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2764 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2765 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2766 @item
2767 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2768 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2769 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2770 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2771 @item
2772 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2773 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2774 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2775 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2776 @item
2777 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2778 several other types of reset.
2779 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2780 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2781 There may be individual module resets.
2782 @end itemize
2783
2784 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2785 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2786 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2787 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2788 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2789 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2790 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2791 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2792 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2793
2794 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2795 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2796
2797 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2798 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2799 common issues are:
2800
2801 @itemize @bullet
2802
2803 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2804 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2805 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2806 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2807 when either of those signals is not connected.
2808 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2809 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2810 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2811 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2812
2813 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2814 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2815 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2816 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2817
2818 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2819 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2820 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2821 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2822 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2823 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2824 hardware debouncing.
2825 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2826 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2827
2828 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2829 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2830 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2831 to use push/pull output drivers.
2832 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2833 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2834 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2835 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2836
2837 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2838 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2839 issues (not limited to errata).
2840 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2841 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2842 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2843 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2844 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2845 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2846 @end itemize
2847
2848 There can also be other issues.
2849 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2850 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2851 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2852 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2853 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2854 Agreement (NDA).
2855
2856 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2857 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2858 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2859
2860 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2861 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2862
2863 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2864
2865 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2866 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2867 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2868 allowing it to be deasserted.
2869 @end deffn
2870
2871 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2872 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2873 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2874 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2875 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2876 @end deffn
2877
2878 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2879 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2880 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2881 allowing it to be deasserted.
2882 @end deffn
2883
2884 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2885 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2886 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2887 @end deffn
2888
2889 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2890 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2891 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2892 configuration scripts.
2893
2894 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2895 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2896 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2897 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2898 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2899 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2900 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2901 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2902
2903 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2904 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2905 @var{gates},
2906 @var{trst_type},
2907 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2908 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2909 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2910 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2911 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2912 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2913
2914 @itemize
2915 @item
2916 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2917 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2918 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2919 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2920 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2921
2922 @quotation Tip
2923 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2924 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2925 @end quotation
2926
2927 @item
2928 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2929 signal implementations.
2930 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2931 indicating everything behaves normally.
2932 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2933 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2934 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2935 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2936 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2937 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2938 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2939
2940 @item
2941 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2942 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2943 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2944 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2945 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2946 while SRST is asserted.
2947 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2948 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2949 @end itemize
2950
2951 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2952 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2953 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2954 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2955 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2956
2957 @itemize
2958 @item
2959 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2960 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2961 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2962 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2963
2964 @item
2965 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2966 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2967 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2968 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2969 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2970 @end itemize
2971 @end deffn
2972
2973 @section Custom Reset Handling
2974 @cindex events
2975
2976 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2977 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2978 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2979 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2980 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2981 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2982
2983 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2984 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2985 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2986 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2987 want to reset everything at once.
2988
2989 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2990 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2991 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2992 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2993 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2994 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2995 needs special attention.
2996
2997 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2998 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2999 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3000 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3001 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3002 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3003 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3004 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3005
3006 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3007 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3008 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3009 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3010 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3011
3012 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3013 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3014 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3015 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3016 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3017 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3018 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3019 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3020 or potentially some other value.
3021
3022 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3023 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3024 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3025 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3026 (or their associated targets)
3027 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3028
3029 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3030 they return.
3031 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3032 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3033 @end deffn
3034
3035 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3036 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3037 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3038 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3039 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3040 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3041 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3042 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3043 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3044 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3045 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3046 @end deffn
3047
3048 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3049 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3050 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3051 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3052 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3053 @end deffn
3054
3055
3056 @node TAP Declaration
3057 @chapter TAP Declaration
3058 @cindex TAP declaration
3059 @cindex TAP configuration
3060
3061 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3062 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3063
3064 @itemize @bullet
3065 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3066 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3067 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3068 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3069 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3070 start running that code.
3071 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3072 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3073 and missing connections
3074 @end itemize
3075
3076 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3077 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3078 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3079 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3080 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3081
3082 @section Scan Chains
3083 @cindex scan chain
3084
3085 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3086 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3087 They also need to be added to
3088 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3089 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3090 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3091 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3092 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3093 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3094 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3095 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3096
3097 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3098 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3099 command, presented in the next chapter.
3100 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3101 debugging targets.)
3102 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3103
3104 @verbatim
3105 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3106 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3107 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3108 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3109 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3110 @end verbatim
3111
3112 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3113 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3114 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3115 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3116 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3117 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3118 until they are told to do so.
3119
3120 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3121 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3122 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3123 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3124
3125 @example
3126 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3127 @end example
3128
3129 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3130 by a given chip.
3131 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3132 and so forth.
3133 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3134 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3135 a single chip and between them.
3136 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3137
3138 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3139 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3140 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3141 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3142 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3143 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3144 includes commands something like this:
3145
3146 @example
3147 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3148 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3149 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3150 @end example
3151
3152 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3153 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3154 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3155
3156 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3157 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3158 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3159 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3160 @example
3161 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3162 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3163 @}
3164 @end example
3165 @end deffn
3166
3167 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3168 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3169 and their status.
3170 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3171 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3172 but systems with a JTAG router can
3173 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3174 @end deffn
3175
3176 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3177 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3178
3179 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3180 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3181
3182 @section TAP Names
3183 @cindex dotted name
3184
3185 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3186 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3187 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3188 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3189 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3190 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3191 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3192 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3193
3194 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3195 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3196 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3197
3198 @quotation Tip
3199 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3200 This feature is still present.
3201 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3202 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3203 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3204 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3205 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3206 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3207 @end quotation
3208
3209 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3210
3211 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3212 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3213 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3214 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3215 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3216
3217 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3218 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3219 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3220 overridable.
3221
3222 @cindex TAP naming convention
3223 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3224 and should follow this convention:
3225
3226 @itemize @bullet
3227 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3228 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3229 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3230 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3231 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3232 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3233 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3234 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3235 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3236 with a single TAP;
3237 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3238 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3239 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3240 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3241 @end itemize
3242
3243 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3244
3245 @itemize @bullet
3246 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3247 @*The length in bits of the
3248 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3249 @end itemize
3250
3251 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3252
3253 @itemize @bullet
3254 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3255 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3256 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3257 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3258 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3259 (the TAP is linked in).
3260 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3261 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3262 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3263 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3264 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3265 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3266 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3267 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3268 values that were found but not included in the list.
3269
3270 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3271 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3272 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3273 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3274 hardware to find these values.
3275 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3276 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3277 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3278 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3279 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3280 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3281 the various chip IDs.
3282 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3283 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3284 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3285 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3286 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3287 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3288 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3289 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3290 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3291 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3292 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3293 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3294 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3295 @end itemize
3296 @end deffn
3297
3298 @section Other TAP commands
3299
3300 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3301 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3302 At this writing this TAP attribute
3303 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3304 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3305 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3306 See the next section for information about the available events.
3307
3308 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3309 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3310 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3311 @end deffn
3312
3313 @anchor{TAP Events}
3314 @section TAP Events
3315 @cindex events
3316 @cindex TAP events
3317
3318 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3319 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3320 The other applies to debugger targets,
3321 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3322
3323 The TAP events currently defined are:
3324
3325 @itemize @bullet
3326 @item @b{post-reset}
3327 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3328 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3329 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3330 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3331 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3332
3333 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3334 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3335 of any particular target.
3336 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3337 @item @b{setup}
3338 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3339 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3340 @item @b{tap-disable}
3341 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3342 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3343 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3344 @item @b{tap-enable}
3345 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3346 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3347 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3348 @end itemize
3349
3350 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3351 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3352 contents to be accurate), you might:
3353
3354 @example
3355 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3356 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3357 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3358 @}
3359 @end example
3360
3361
3362 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3363 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3364 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3365 @cindex jrc
3366
3367 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3368 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3369 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3370 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3371 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3372
3373 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3374 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3375 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3376 be visible.
3377 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3378 ignores, such as:
3379
3380 @itemize
3381 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3382 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3383 TAPs receive new instructions.
3384 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3385 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3386 @end itemize
3387
3388 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3389 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3390 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3391 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3392
3393 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3394 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3395
3396 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3397 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3398 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3399 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3400 should define TAP event handlers using
3401 code that looks something like this:
3402
3403 @example
3404 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3405 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3406 @}
3407 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3408 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3409 @}
3410 @end example
3411
3412 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3413
3414 @example
3415 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3416 @end example
3417
3418 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3419 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3420 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3421 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3422
3423 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3424 If necessary, disables the tap
3425 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3426 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3427 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3428 and "0" if it is disabled.
3429 @end deffn
3430
3431 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3432 If necessary, enables the tap
3433 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3434 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3435 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3436 and "0" if it is disabled.
3437 @end deffn
3438
3439 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3440 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3441 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3442 and "0" if it is disabled.
3443
3444 @quotation Note
3445 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3446 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3447 @end quotation
3448 @end deffn
3449
3450 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3451 @section Autoprobing
3452 @cindex autoprobe
3453 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3454
3455 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3456 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3457 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3458 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3459
3460 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3461 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3462 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3463 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3464 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3465 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3466 right when they come out of reset).
3467
3468 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3469
3470 @example
3471 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3472 reset_config trst_and_srst
3473 jtag_rclk 8
3474 @end example
3475
3476 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3477 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3478
3479 @enumerate
3480 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3481 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3482 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3483 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3484 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3485 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3486 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3487 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3488 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3489 that is discovered.
3490 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3491 register, it will report it.
3492 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3493 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3494 @end enumerate
3495
3496 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3497 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3498 that's a bit more complex:
3499
3500 @example
3501 clock speed 8 kHz
3502 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3503 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3504 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3505 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3506 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3507 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3508 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3509 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3510 @end example
3511
3512 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3513 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3514 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3515 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3516 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3517 and so forth.
3518
3519 @node CPU Configuration
3520 @chapter CPU Configuration
3521 @cindex GDB target
3522
3523 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3524 You can also access these targets without GDB
3525 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3526 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3527 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3528 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3529
3530 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3531 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3532
3533 @section Target List
3534 @cindex target, current
3535 @cindex target, list
3536
3537 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3538 where each member has a name.
3539 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3540 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3541 (plural!) command.
3542 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3543 look like with more than one:
3544 @verbatim
3545 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3546 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3547 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3548 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3549 @end verbatim
3550
3551 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3552 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3553 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3554 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3555 space seen by that current target.
3556 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3557 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3558 are examples; and there are many more.
3559
3560 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3561
3562 @deffn Command {target count}
3563 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3564 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3565 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3566
3567 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3568 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3569 @example
3570 set c [target count]
3571 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3572 # Assuming you have created this function
3573 print_target_details $x
3574 @}
3575 @end example
3576 @end deffn
3577
3578 @deffn Command {target current}
3579 Returns the name of the current target.
3580 @end deffn
3581
3582 @deffn Command {target names}
3583 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3584 @example
3585 foreach t [target names] @{
3586 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3587 @}
3588 @end example
3589 @end deffn
3590
3591 @deffn Command {target number} number
3592 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3593 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3594
3595 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3596 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3597 @example
3598 set thename [target number $x]
3599 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3600 @end example
3601 @end deffn
3602
3603 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3604 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3605
3606 @deffn Command targets [name]
3607 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3608 command names are singular.}
3609
3610 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3611 targets in a user friendly form.
3612
3613 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3614 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3615 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3616 @end deffn
3617
3618 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3619 @cindex target type
3620 @cindex CPU type
3621 @cindex CPU variant
3622
3623 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3624 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3625 when calling @command{target create}.
3626 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3627 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3628 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3629 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3630 what core-specific commands may be available
3631 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3632 and more.
3633
3634 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3635 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3636 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3637 worked around in some chip versions.
3638
3639 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3640 since there's a command to list them.
3641 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3642 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3643
3644 @anchor{target types}
3645 @deffn Command {target types}
3646 Lists all supported target types.
3647 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3648
3649 @itemize @bullet
3650 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3651 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3652 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3653 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3654 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3655 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3656 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3657 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3658 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3659 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3660 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3661 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3662 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3663 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3664 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3665 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3666 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3667 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3668 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3669 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3670 There are several variants defined:
3671 @itemize @minus
3672 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3673 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3674 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3675 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3676 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3677 @end itemize
3678 @end itemize
3679 @end deffn
3680
3681 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3682 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3683 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3684 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3685 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3686 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3687 reflect design generations;
3688 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3689 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3690
3691 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3692 @section Target Configuration
3693
3694 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3695 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3696 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3697 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3698 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3699
3700 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3701 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3702 optional parts.
3703 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3704 command, created as part of target creation.
3705
3706 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3707 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3708 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3709 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3710 to be much more board-specific.
3711 The key steps you use might look something like this
3712
3713 @example
3714 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3715 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3716 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3717 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3718 @end example
3719
3720 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3721 on-chip SRAM.
3722 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3723 writes to target memory;
3724 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3725 GDB memory checksumming;
3726 and more.
3727
3728 @quotation Warning
3729 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3730 inaccessible when application code
3731 (such as an operating system)
3732 enables or disables the MMU.
3733 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3734 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3735 easy access to other addresses needed.
3736 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3737 @end quotation
3738
3739 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3740 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3741 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3742 controllers.
3743 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3744 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3745 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3746
3747 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3748 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3749 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3750 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3751 purposes including additional configuration.
3752
3753 @itemize @bullet
3754 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3755 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3756 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3757 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3758
3759 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3760 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3761 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3762 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3763 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3764 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3765 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3766 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3767
3768 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3769 @end itemize
3770 @end deffn
3771
3772 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3773 The options accepted by this command may also be
3774 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3775 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3776 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3777
3778 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3779 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3780 and changing its endianness or variant.
3781
3782 @itemize @bullet
3783
3784 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3785 used to access this target.
3786
3787 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3788 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3789
3790 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3791 @xref{Target Events}.
3792 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3793 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3794 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3795 same event name assigns only one handler.
3796
3797 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3798 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3799
3800 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3801 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3802 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3803 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3804 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3805 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3806 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3807
3808 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3809 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3810 or virtual address is being used.
3811
3812 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3813 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3814
3815 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3816 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3817 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3818 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3819 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3820
3821 @end itemize
3822 @end deffn
3823
3824 @section Other $target_name Commands
3825 @cindex object command
3826
3827 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3828 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3829
3830 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3831 Once a button is created a button
3832 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3833 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3834 configure it like this:
3835
3836 @example
3837 # Create
3838 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3839 # Modify
3840 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3841 # Query
3842 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3843 # Report
3844 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3845 @end example
3846
3847 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3848 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3849
3850 @example
3851 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3852 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3853 @end example
3854
3855 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3856
3857 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3858 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3859 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3860 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3861 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3862 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3863 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3864 They are not otherwise documented here.
3865 @end deffn
3866
3867 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3868 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3869 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3870 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3871 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3872 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3873 the target side uses raw memory.
3874
3875 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3876 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3877 The script orientation comes from working with data
3878 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3879 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3880 and neither store nor return those values.
3881
3882 @itemize
3883 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3884 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3885 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3886 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3887 @end itemize
3888 @end deffn
3889
3890 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3891 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3892 @command{$target_name configure}
3893 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3894 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3895 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3896 There are a few special cases:
3897
3898 @itemize @bullet
3899 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3900 event named @var{event_name}.
3901 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3902 two parameters.
3903 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3904 This is a special case because this is set using
3905 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3906 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3907 @end itemize
3908
3909 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3910 all the targets you might use something like this:
3911
3912 @example
3913 foreach name [target names] @{
3914 set y [$name cget -endian]
3915 set z [$name cget -type]
3916 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3917 $x $name $y $z]
3918 @}
3919 @end example
3920 @end deffn
3921
3922 @anchor{target curstate}
3923 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3924 Displays the current target state:
3925 @code{debug-running},
3926 @code{halted},
3927 @code{reset},
3928 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3929 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3930 @end deffn
3931
3932 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3933 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3934 currently associated with this target.
3935 @xref{Target Events}.
3936 @end deffn
3937
3938 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3939 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3940 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3941 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3942 @end deffn
3943
3944 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3945 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3946 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3947 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3948 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3949 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3950 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3951 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3952 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3953 @end deffn
3954
3955 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3956 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3957 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3958 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3959 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3960 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3961 @end deffn
3962
3963 @anchor{Target Events}
3964 @section Target Events
3965 @cindex target events
3966 @cindex events
3967 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3968 For example:
3969 @itemize @bullet
3970 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3971 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3972 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3973 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3974 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3975 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3976 to set up system clocks or
3977 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3978 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3979 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3980 @end itemize
3981
3982 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3983 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3984 @command{target create ... -event}.
3985
3986 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3987 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3988 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3989
3990 @example
3991 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3992 echo "Reset..."
3993 reset halt
3994 @}
3995 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3996 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3997 echo "Reset..."
3998 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3999 reset init
4000 @}
4001 @end example
4002
4003 The following target events are defined:
4004
4005 @itemize @bullet
4006 @item @b{debug-halted}
4007 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4008 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4009 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4010 @item @b{early-halted}
4011 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4012 @ignore
4013 @item @b{examine-end}
4014 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
4015 @item @b{examine-start}
4016 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
4017 @end ignore
4018 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4019 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4020 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4021 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4022 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4023 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4024 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4025 @* When GDB disconnects
4026 @item @b{gdb-end}
4027 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4028 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4029 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4030 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4031 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4032 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4033 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4034 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4035 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4036 @item @b{gdb-start}
4037 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4038 @item @b{halted}
4039 @* The target has halted
4040 @ignore
4041 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
4042 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4043 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
4044 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4045 @end ignore
4046 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4047 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4048 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4049 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4050 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4051 @item @b{reset-assert}
4052 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4053 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4054 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4055 it instead of asserting SRST.
4056 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4057 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4058 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4059 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4060 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4061 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4062 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4063 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4064 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4065 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4066 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4067 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4068 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4069 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4070 released on the scan chain.
4071 @item @b{reset-end}
4072 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4073 @ignore
4074 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4075 @* Currently not used
4076 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4077 @* Currently not used
4078 @end ignore
4079 @item @b{reset-init}
4080 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4081 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4082
4083 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4084 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4085 multiplexing, and so on.
4086 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4087 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4088 @item @b{reset-start}
4089 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4090 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4091
4092 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4093 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4094 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4095 @ignore
4096 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4097 @* Currently not used
4098 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4099 @* Currently not used
4100 @end ignore
4101 @item @b{resume-start}
4102 @* Before any target is resumed
4103 @item @b{resume-end}
4104 @* After all targets have resumed
4105 @item @b{resume-ok}
4106 @* Success
4107 @item @b{resumed}
4108 @* Target has resumed
4109 @end itemize
4110
4111
4112 @node Flash Commands
4113 @chapter Flash Commands
4114
4115 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4116 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4117 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4118 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4119 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4120 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4121 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4122 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4123 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4124
4125 Flash Steps:
4126 @enumerate
4127 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4128 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4129 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4130 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4131 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4132 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4133 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4134 @item GDB Flashing
4135 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4136 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4137 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4138 @end enumerate
4139
4140 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4141 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4142 so that it can't boot.
4143 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4144 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4145
4146 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4147 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4148 @cindex flash configuration
4149
4150 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4151 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4152 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4153 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4154 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4155 see the driver-specific documentation.
4156
4157 @itemize @bullet
4158 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4159 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4160 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4161 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4162 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4163 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4164 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4165 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4166 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4167 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4168 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4169 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4170 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4171 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4172 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4173 commands to the flash controller.
4174 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4175 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4176 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4177 for more information.
4178 @end itemize
4179 @quotation Note
4180 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4181 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4182 @end quotation
4183 @end deffn
4184
4185 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4186 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4187 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4188 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4189 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4190 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4191 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4192 @end deffn
4193
4194 @deffn Command {flash list}
4195 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4196 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4197 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4198 @end deffn
4199
4200 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4201 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4202 depends on the flash type.
4203 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4204 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4205 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4206 but most don't bother.
4207 @end deffn
4208
4209 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4210 @cindex flash erasing
4211 @cindex flash reading
4212 @cindex flash writing
4213 @cindex flash programming
4214
4215 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4216 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4217 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4218 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4219 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4220
4221 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4222 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4223 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4224 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4225 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4226
4227 @quotation Note
4228 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4229 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4230 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4231 back to a flash bank.
4232 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4233 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4234 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4235 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4236 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4237 @end quotation
4238
4239 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4240 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4241 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4242 disabled first.
4243 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4244 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4245 @xref{flash protect}.
4246
4247 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4248 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4249 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4250 up to and including @var{last}.
4251 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4252 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4253 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4254 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4255 @end deffn
4256
4257 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4258 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4259 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4260 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4261 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4262 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4263 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4264 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4265 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4266 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4267 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4268 before erase starts.
4269 @end deffn
4270
4271 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4272 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4273 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4274 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4275 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4276 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4277 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4278 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4279 before issuing this command.
4280 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4281 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4282 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4283 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4284 @end deffn
4285 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4286
4287 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4288 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4289 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4290 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4291 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4292 @end deffn
4293
4294 @anchor{flash write_image}
4295 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4296 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4297 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4298 to the base address for each section in the image.
4299 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4300 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4301 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4302 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4303 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4304 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4305 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4306 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4307 each image section.
4308
4309 @quotation Warning
4310 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4311 data you want to preserve.
4312 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4313 sections might be erased with no notice.
4314 @itemize
4315 @item
4316 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4317 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4318 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4319 @item
4320 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4321 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4322 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4323 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4324 @end itemize
4325 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4326 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4327 @end quotation
4328
4329 @end deffn
4330
4331 @section Other Flash commands
4332 @cindex flash protection
4333
4334 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4335 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4336 and display that status.
4337 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4338 @end deffn
4339
4340 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4341 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4342 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4343 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4344 and possibly stale information.
4345 @end deffn
4346
4347 @anchor{flash protect}
4348 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4349 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4350 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4351 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4352 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4353 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4354 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4355 @end deffn
4356
4357 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4358 @section Flash Driver List
4359 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4360 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4361 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4362
4363 @subsection External Flash
4364
4365 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4366 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4367 @cindex CFI
4368 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4369 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4370 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4371 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4372 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4373 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4374 configure a bus and its timings), or
4375 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4376 on the flash chip.
4377 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4378 speed up operation.
4379
4380 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4381
4382 @itemize
4383 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4384 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4385 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4386 @end itemize
4387
4388 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4389 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4390
4391 @example
4392 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4393 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4394 @end example
4395
4396 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4397 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4398 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4399
4400 @example
4401 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4402 @end example
4403
4404 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4405 @end deffn
4406
4407 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4408 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4409 @cindex SMI
4410 @cindex stmsmi
4411 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4412 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4413 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4414 SPI flash devices.
4415 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4416 flash devices can be connected.
4417
4418 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4419 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4420 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4421 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4422 the flash content.
4423
4424 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4425 to identify the memory bank.
4426 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4427 flash size, are detected automatically.
4428
4429 @example
4430 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4431 @end example
4432
4433 @end deffn
4434
4435 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4436
4437 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4438 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4439 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4440 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4441 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4442 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4443
4444 @example
4445 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4446 @end example
4447 @end deffn
4448
4449 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4450 @cindex at91sam3
4451 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4452 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4453 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4454 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4455 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4456 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4457 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4458 chips are confirmed.}
4459
4460 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4461 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4462 the following fixed locations:
4463
4464 @example
4465 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4466 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4467 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4468 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4469 @end example
4470
4471 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4472 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4473 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4474
4475 @itemize
4476 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4477 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4478 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4479 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4480 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4481 @end itemize
4482
4483 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4484
4485 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4486 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4487 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4488 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4489 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4490 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4491 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4492
4493 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4494 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4495 @end deffn
4496
4497 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4498 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4499 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4500 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4501 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4502 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4503 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4504 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4505 @end deffn
4506
4507 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4508 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4509 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4510 @end deffn
4511 @end deffn
4512
4513 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4514 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4515 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4516 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4517 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4518
4519 @example
4520 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4521 @end example
4522
4523 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4524 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4525
4526 @itemize
4527 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4528 @item @var{banks}
4529 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4530 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4531 @item @var{pages_size}
4532 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4533 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4534 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4535 @end itemize
4536
4537 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4538 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4539 will be autoconfigured.
4540 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4541
4542 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4543 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4544 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4545 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4546 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4547
4548 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4549 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4550 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4551 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4552 are not truly general purpose).
4553 @quotation Note
4554 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4555 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4556 @end quotation
4557 @end deffn
4558 @end deffn
4559
4560 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4561 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4562 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4563 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4564 @end deffn
4565
4566 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4567 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4568 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4569 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4570 and executed.
4571 @end deffn
4572
4573 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4574 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4575 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4576
4577 @quotation Note
4578 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4579 driver:
4580 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4581 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4582 @end quotation
4583
4584 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4585 which must appear in the following order:
4586
4587 @itemize
4588 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4589 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4590 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4591 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4592 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4593 at which the core is running
4594 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4595 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4596 @quotation Note
4597 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4598 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4599 However, if you do provide it,
4600 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4601 @end quotation
4602 @end itemize
4603
4604 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4605
4606 @example
4607 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4608 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4609 @end example
4610
4611 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4612 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4613 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4614 @end deffn
4615 @end deffn
4616
4617 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4618 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4619 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4620 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4621 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4622 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4623
4624 @example
4625 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4626 @end example
4627 @end deffn
4628
4629 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4630 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4631 from NXP.
4632
4633 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4634 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4635 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4636 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4637 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4638 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4639 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4640 you start the PLL.
4641
4642 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4643
4644 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4645 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4646 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4647
4648 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4649 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4650 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4651 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4652 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4653 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4654 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4655
4656 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4657 @example
4658 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4659 @end example
4660
4661 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4662 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4663 @code{flash banks} command.
4664
4665 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4666 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4667 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4668 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4669 a known signature.
4670 Example:
4671 @example
4672 lpc2900 signature 0
4673 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4674 @end example
4675 @end deffn
4676
4677 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4678 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4679 saves it to a file in binary format.
4680 Example:
4681 @example
4682 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4683 @end example
4684 @end deffn
4685
4686 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4687 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4688 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4689 command:
4690
4691 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4692 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4693 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4694 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4695
4696 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4697 Example:
4698 @example
4699 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4700 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4701 @end example
4702 @end deffn
4703
4704 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4705 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4706 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4707 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4708 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4709 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4710 912 bytes.
4711 @quotation Attention
4712 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4713 @end quotation
4714 Example:
4715 @example
4716 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4717 @end example
4718 @end deffn
4719
4720 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4721 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4722 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4723 after the next power cycle.
4724 @quotation Attention
4725 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4726 @end quotation
4727 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4728 Example:
4729 @example
4730 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4731 flash info 0
4732 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4733 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4734 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4735 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4736 @end example
4737 @end deffn
4738
4739 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4740 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4741 effective after the next power cycle.
4742 @quotation Attention
4743 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4744 @end quotation
4745 Examples:
4746 @example
4747 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4748 @end example
4749 @end deffn
4750 @end deffn
4751
4752 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4753 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4754
4755 @example
4756 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4757 @end example
4758 @end deffn
4759
4760 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4761 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4762 and integrate flash memory.
4763
4764 @example
4765 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4766 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4767 @end example
4768
4769 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4770 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4771 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4772 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4773 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4774 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4775 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4776 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4777 @end deffn
4778 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4779 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4780 This will remove any Code Protection.
4781 @end deffn
4782 @end deffn
4783
4784 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4785 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4786 Texas Instruments
4787 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4788 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4789 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4790 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4791 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4792 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4793
4794 @example
4795 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4796 @end example
4797 @end deffn
4798
4799 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4800 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4801 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4802 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4803 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4804 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4805
4806 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4807 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4808 @quotation Warning
4809 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4810 applied to all of them.
4811 @end quotation
4812 @end deffn
4813
4814 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4815 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4816 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4817 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4818 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4819
4820 @example
4821 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4822 @end example
4823
4824 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4825 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4826 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4827 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4828 are defined:
4829
4830 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4831 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4832 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4833 @end deffn
4834
4835 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4836 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4837 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4838 @end deffn
4839
4840 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4841 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4842 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4843 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4844 @end deffn
4845
4846 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4847 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4848 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4849 @end deffn
4850 @end deffn
4851
4852 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4853 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4854 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4855 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4856 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4857 @end deffn
4858
4859 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4860 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4861 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4862 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4863 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4864
4865 @example
4866 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4867 @end example
4868
4869 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4870 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4871 for the specified flash bank.
4872 @end deffn
4873 @end deffn
4874
4875 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4876 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4877 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4878 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4879 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4880
4881 @example
4882 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4883 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4884 @end example
4885
4886 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4887 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4888 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4889
4890 @itemize @bullet
4891 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4892 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4893 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4894 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4895 @end itemize
4896 @end deffn
4897
4898 @end deffn
4899
4900 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4901 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4902 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4903 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4904
4905 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4906
4907 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4908 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4909 @end deffn
4910
4911 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4912 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4913 @end deffn
4914
4915 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4916 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4917 the flash clock.
4918 @end deffn
4919 @end deffn
4920
4921 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4922 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4923 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4924
4925 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4926
4927 @itemize
4928 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4929 @end itemize
4930
4931 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4932 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4933 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4934 @example
4935 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4936 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4937 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4938 @end example
4939 @end deffn
4940
4941 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
4942 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
4943 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4944 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
4945 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
4946 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
4947 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
4948
4949 @example
4950 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4951 @end example
4952 @end deffn
4953
4954 @subsection str9xpec driver
4955 @cindex str9xpec
4956
4957 Here is some background info to help
4958 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4959 the str9:
4960 @enumerate
4961 @item
4962 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4963 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4964 @item
4965 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4966 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4967 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4968 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4969 @end enumerate
4970
4971 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4972 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4973 configured for flash bank 0.
4974 @example
4975 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4976 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4977 jtag_reset 0 1
4978 # turn off target polling
4979 poll off
4980 # disable str9 core
4981 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4982 # read option bytes
4983 str9xpec options_read 0
4984 # re-enable str9 core
4985 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4986 poll on
4987 reset halt
4988 @end example
4989 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4990 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4991 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4992 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4993
4994 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4995 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4996 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4997 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4998 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4999
5000 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5001
5002 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5003 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5004 @end deffn
5005
5006 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5007 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5008 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5009 @end deffn
5010
5011 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5012 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5013 erase the device.
5014 @end deffn
5015
5016 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5017 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5018 @end deffn
5019
5020 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5021 Configure str9 boot bank.
5022 @end deffn
5023
5024 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5025 Configure str9 lvd source.
5026 @end deffn
5027
5028 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5029 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5030 @end deffn
5031
5032 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5033 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5034 @end deffn
5035
5036 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5037 Read str9 option bytes.
5038 @end deffn
5039
5040 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5041 Write str9 option bytes.
5042 @end deffn
5043
5044 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5045 unlock str9 device.
5046 @end deffn
5047
5048 @end deffn
5049
5050
5051 @section mFlash
5052
5053 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5054 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5055
5056 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5057 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5058 address @var{base}.
5059 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5060 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5061
5062 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5063
5064 @example
5065 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5066 @end example
5067
5068 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5069
5070 @example
5071 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5072 @end example
5073 @end deffn
5074
5075 @subsection mFlash commands
5076 @cindex mFlash commands
5077
5078 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5079 Configure mflash PLL.
5080 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5081 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5082 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5083 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5084 @end deffn
5085
5086 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5087 Configure bootable option.
5088 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5089 (4kB) for boot.
5090 @end deffn
5091
5092 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5093 Configure storage information.
5094 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5095 written.
5096 @end deffn
5097
5098 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5099 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5100 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5101 @end deffn
5102
5103 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5104 Probe mflash.
5105 @end deffn
5106
5107 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5108 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5109 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5110 @end deffn
5111
5112 @node NAND Flash Commands
5113 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5114 @cindex NAND
5115
5116 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5117 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5118 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5119
5120 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5121 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5122 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5123 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5124 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5125 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5126
5127 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5128 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5129 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5130 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5131 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5132 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5133 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5134 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5135 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5136 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5137
5138 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5139 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5140 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5141 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5142 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5143 every 512 bytes of data.
5144
5145 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5146 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5147 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5148 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5149 ECC mode is used.
5150
5151 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5152 @enumerate
5153 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5154 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5155 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5156 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5157 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5158 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5159 to access that device.
5160 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5161 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5162 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5163 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5164 de-brick a board.
5165 @end enumerate
5166
5167 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5168 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5169 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5170 are only 32 bits wide.
5171 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5172 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5173 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5174 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5175
5176 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5177 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5178 @cindex NAND configuration
5179
5180 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5181 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5182 OpenOCD has initialized.
5183
5184 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5185 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5186 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5187 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5188 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5189 they were a single (larger) device.
5190 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5191 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5192
5193 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5194 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5195 configuration files, not interactively.
5196
5197 @itemize @bullet
5198 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5199 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5200 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5201 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5202 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5203 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5204 commands to the NAND controller.
5205 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5206 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5207 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5208 for more information.
5209 @end itemize
5210 @end deffn
5211
5212 @deffn Command {nand list}
5213 Prints a summary of each device declared
5214 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5215 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5216 @example
5217 > nand list
5218 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5219 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5220 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5221 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5222 >
5223 @end example
5224 @end deffn
5225
5226 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5227 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5228 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5229 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5230 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5231 it with most other NAND commands.
5232 @end deffn
5233
5234 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5235
5236 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5237 @cindex NAND reading
5238 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5239 starting at the specified offset.
5240 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5241
5242 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5243 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5244
5245 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5246 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5247 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5248
5249 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5250 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5251 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5252 method which handled that error correction.
5253
5254 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5255 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5256 @itemize @bullet
5257 @item no oob_* parameter
5258 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5259 @item @code{oob_raw}
5260 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5261 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5262 spare areas associated with each data page.
5263 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5264 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5265 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5266 @item @code{oob_only}
5267 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5268 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5269 spare areas associated with each data page.
5270 @end itemize
5271 @end deffn
5272
5273 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5274 @cindex NAND erasing
5275 @cindex NAND programming
5276 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5277 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5278 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5279 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5280 If those parameters are not specified,
5281 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5282 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5283
5284 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5285 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5286 block marker.
5287 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5288 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5289 @end deffn
5290
5291 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5292 @cindex NAND writing
5293 @cindex NAND programming
5294 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5295 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5296 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5297 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5298
5299 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5300 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5301
5302 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5303 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5304 past the end of the device.
5305 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5306 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5307 if that's being written.)
5308
5309 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5310 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5311 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5312
5313 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5314 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5315 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5316 @itemize @bullet
5317 @item no oob_* parameter
5318 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5319 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5320 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5321 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5322 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5323 @item @code{oob_only}
5324 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5325 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5326 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5327 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5328 @item @code{oob_raw}
5329 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5330 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5331 un-altered OOB.
5332 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5333 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5334 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5335 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5336 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5337 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5338 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5339 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5340 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5341 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5342 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5343 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5344 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5345 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5346 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5347 @end itemize
5348 @end deffn
5349
5350 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5351 @cindex NAND verification
5352 @cindex NAND programming
5353 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5354 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5355 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5356
5357 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5358 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5359
5360 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5361 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5362 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5363 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5364 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5365
5366 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5367 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5368 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5369
5370 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5371 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5372 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5373 be removed in a future release.
5374 @end deffn
5375
5376 @section Other NAND commands
5377 @cindex NAND other commands
5378
5379 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5380 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5381 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5382 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5383 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5384 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5385 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5386 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5387
5388 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5389 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5390 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5391 @end deffn
5392
5393 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5394 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5395 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5396 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5397 status for each block.
5398 @end deffn
5399
5400 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5401 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5402 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5403
5404 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5405 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5406 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5407 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5408 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5409
5410 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5411 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5412 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5413 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5414 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5415 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5416 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5417 @end deffn
5418
5419 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5420 @section NAND Driver List
5421 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5422 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5423 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5424
5425 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5426 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5427 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5428 address of the ECC controller.
5429 @example
5430 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5431 @end example
5432 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5433 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5434 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5435 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5436 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5437 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5438 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5439 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5440 @end deffn
5441 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5442 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5443 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5444 @end deffn
5445
5446 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5447 properly configured for input or output.
5448 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5449 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5450 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5451 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5452 @end deffn
5453 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5454 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5455 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5456 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5457 @end deffn
5458 @end deffn
5459
5460 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5461 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5462 chips from Texas Instruments.
5463 It takes three extra parameters:
5464 address of the NAND chip;
5465 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5466 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5467 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5468 @example
5469 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5470 @end example
5471 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5472 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5473 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5474 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5475 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5476 @end deffn
5477
5478 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5479 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5480 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5481 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5482 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5483 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5484 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5485 @end deffn
5486
5487 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5488 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5489 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5490 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5491 @end deffn
5492 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5493
5494 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5495 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5496 should work for this chip aswell.
5497 @end deffn
5498
5499 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5500 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5501 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5502 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5503 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5504 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5505 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5506 @example
5507 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5508 @end example
5509 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5510 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5511 without parameter query status.
5512 @end deffn
5513 @end deffn
5514
5515 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5516 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5517 parameter: the address of the controller.
5518 @example
5519 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5520 @end example
5521 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5522 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5523 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5524 change any behavior.
5525 @end deffn
5526
5527 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5528 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5529 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5530 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5531 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5532 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5533 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5534 specialized commands.
5535 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5536 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5537 change any behavior.
5538 @end deffn
5539
5540 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5541 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5542 @cindex PLD
5543 @cindex FPGA
5544
5545 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5546 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5547 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5548 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5549 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5550 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5551 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5552
5553 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5554
5555 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5556 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5557 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5558
5559 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5560 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5561
5562 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5563 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5564 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5565 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5566 behavior.
5567 @end deffn
5568
5569 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5570 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5571 @end deffn
5572
5573 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5574 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5575 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5576 @end deffn
5577
5578 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5579
5580 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5581 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5582 that particular type of PLD.
5583
5584 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5585 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5586 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5587 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5588 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5589
5590 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5591 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5592 for FPGA @var{num}.
5593 @end deffn
5594 @end deffn
5595
5596 @node General Commands
5597 @chapter General Commands
5598 @cindex commands
5599
5600 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5601 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5602 commands are documented elsewhere.
5603
5604 Intent:
5605 @itemize @bullet
5606 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5607 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5608 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5609 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5610
5611 @item @b{From the human}
5612 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5613 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5614
5615 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5616 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5617 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5618
5619 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5620 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5621 port is 5555.
5622 @end itemize
5623
5624
5625 @section Daemon Commands
5626
5627 @deffn {Command} exit
5628 Exits the current telnet session.
5629 @end deffn
5630
5631 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5632 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5633 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5634 Not every command provides helptext.
5635
5636 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5637 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5638 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5639 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5640 @end deffn
5641
5642 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5643 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5644 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5645 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5646 Useful in connection with script files
5647 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @deffn Command shutdown
5651 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5652 @end deffn
5653
5654 @anchor{debug_level}
5655 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5656 @cindex message level
5657 Display debug level.
5658 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5659 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5660 Level 0 is error messages only;
5661 level 1 adds warnings;
5662 level 2 adds informational messages;
5663 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5664 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5665 the command line along with the location of that log
5666 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5667 @xref{Running}.
5668 @end deffn
5669
5670 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5671 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5672 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5673 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5674 @example
5675 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5676 @end example
5677 @end deffn
5678
5679 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5680 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5681 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5682 @end deffn
5683
5684 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5685 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5686 @end deffn
5687
5688 @anchor{Target State handling}
5689 @section Target State handling
5690 @cindex reset
5691 @cindex halt
5692 @cindex target initialization
5693
5694 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5695 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5696 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5697 a current target which is used to perform the
5698 various operations. The current target may be changed
5699 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5700 target which should become current.
5701
5702 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5703 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5704 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5705 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5706 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5707
5708 @emph{With no arguments}:
5709 list all available registers for the current target,
5710 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5711 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5712 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5713 are flagged as such.
5714
5715 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5716
5717 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5718 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5719 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5720 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5721 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5722 relevant module will flush such values.
5723
5724 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5725 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5726
5727 @example
5728 > reg
5729 ===== ARM registers
5730 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5731 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5732 (2) r2 (/32)
5733 ...
5734 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5735 >
5736 @end example
5737 @end deffn
5738
5739 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5740 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5741 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5742 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5743 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5744 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5745 (and enter debug mode).
5746 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5747
5748 @quotation Warning
5749 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5750 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5751 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5752 power mode by gating the core clock;
5753 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5754
5755 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5756 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5757 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5758 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5759 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5760 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5761
5762 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5763 work with a JTAG debugger.
5764 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5765 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5766 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5767 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5768 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5769 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5770 @end quotation
5771
5772 @end deffn
5773
5774 @deffn Command resume [address]
5775 Resume the target at its current code position,
5776 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5777 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5778 @end deffn
5779
5780 @deffn Command step [address]
5781 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5782 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5783 @end deffn
5784
5785 @anchor{Reset Command}
5786 @deffn Command reset
5787 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5788 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5789 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5790 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5791 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5792 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5793
5794 The optional parameter specifies what should
5795 happen after the reset.
5796 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5797 The other options will not work on all systems.
5798 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5799
5800 @itemize @minus
5801 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5802 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5803 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5804 @end itemize
5805 @end deffn
5806
5807 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5808 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5809 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5810 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5811 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5812 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5813 state.
5814 @end deffn
5815
5816 @section I/O Utilities
5817
5818 These commands are available when
5819 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5820 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5821 notably the ZY1000.
5822 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5823
5824 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5825
5826 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5827 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5828 the text file @file{filename}.
5829 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5830 The last string is followed by a newline.
5831 @end deffn
5832
5833 @deffn Command cat filename
5834 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5835 @end deffn
5836
5837 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5838 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5839 into @file{dest_filename}.
5840 @end deffn
5841
5842 @deffn Command ip
5843 @emph{No description provided.}
5844 @end deffn
5845
5846 @deffn Command ls
5847 @emph{No description provided.}
5848 @end deffn
5849
5850 @deffn Command mac
5851 @emph{No description provided.}
5852 @end deffn
5853
5854 @deffn Command meminfo
5855 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5856 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5857 @end deffn
5858
5859 @deffn Command peek
5860 @emph{No description provided.}
5861 @end deffn
5862
5863 @deffn Command poke
5864 @emph{No description provided.}
5865 @end deffn
5866
5867 @deffn Command rm filename
5868 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5869 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5870 @end deffn
5871
5872 @deffn Command trunc filename
5873 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5874 @end deffn
5875
5876 @anchor{Memory access}
5877 @section Memory access commands
5878 @cindex memory access
5879
5880 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5881 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5882 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5883 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5884
5885 @enumerate
5886 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5887 to change the current target.
5888 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5889 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5890 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5891 @end enumerate
5892
5893 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5894 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5895 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5896 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5897 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5898 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5899 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5900 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5901 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5902 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5903 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5904 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5905 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5906 @end deffn
5907
5908 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5909 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5910 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5911 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5912 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5913 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5914 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5915 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5916 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5917 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5918 @end deffn
5919
5920
5921 @anchor{Image access}
5922 @section Image loading commands
5923 @cindex image loading
5924 @cindex image dumping
5925
5926 @anchor{dump_image}
5927 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5928 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5929 binary file named @var{filename}.
5930 @end deffn
5931
5932 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5933 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5934 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5935 @end deffn
5936
5937 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
5938 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5939 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5940 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5941 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5942 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5943 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5944 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5945 separately.
5946 @end deffn
5947
5948 @anchor{load_image}
5949 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5950 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5951 The file format may optionally be specified
5952 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
5953 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5954 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5955 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5956 @example
5957 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5958 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5959 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5960 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5961 @}
5962 @end example
5963 @end deffn
5964
5965 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5966 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5967 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5968 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5969 The file format may optionally be specified
5970 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5971 @end deffn
5972
5973 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5974 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5975 The file format may optionally be specified
5976 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5977 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5978 @end deffn
5979
5980
5981 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5982 @cindex breakpoint
5983 @cindex watchpoint
5984
5985 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5986 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5987 watchpoints.
5988 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5989
5990 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5991 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5992 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5993 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5994 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5995 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5996
5997 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5998 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5999 @end deffn
6000
6001 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6002 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6003 @end deffn
6004
6005 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6006 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6007 @end deffn
6008
6009 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6010 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6011 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6012 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6013 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6014 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6015 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6016 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6017 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6018 @end deffn
6019
6020 @section Misc Commands
6021
6022 @cindex profiling
6023 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6024 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6025 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6026 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6027 @end deffn
6028
6029 @deffn Command {version}
6030 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6031 @end deffn
6032
6033 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6034 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6035 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6036 @end deffn
6037
6038 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6039 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6040 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6041 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6042
6043 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6044 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6045 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6046 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6047
6048 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6049 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6050 @cindex tracing
6051 @cindex ETM
6052 @cindex ETB
6053
6054 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6055 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6056 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6057
6058 @itemize
6059 @item
6060 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6061 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6062 supports such an interface.
6063 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6064 and trace port support.)
6065 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6066 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6067 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6068 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6069 in the board-specific configuration file.
6070 @item
6071 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6072 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6073 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6074 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6075 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6076 @end itemize
6077
6078 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6079
6080 @quotation Issues
6081 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6082 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6083
6084 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6085 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6086 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6087 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6088 dummy trace port driver}.
6089
6090 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6091 as well as tracing only during specific states
6092 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6093
6094 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6095 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6096 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6097 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6098 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6099
6100 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6101 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6102 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6103 this original style of JTAG access.
6104 @end quotation
6105
6106 @subsection ETM Configuration
6107 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6108
6109 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6110 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6111 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6112
6113 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6114 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6115 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6116 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6117 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6118 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6119 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6120 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6121 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6122
6123 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6124 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6125 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6126
6127 @quotation Warning
6128 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6129 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6130 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6131 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6132 @end quotation
6133
6134 @quotation Note
6135 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6136 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6137 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6138 what CPU activities are traced.
6139 @end quotation
6140 @end deffn
6141
6142 @deffn Command {etm info}
6143 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6144 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6145 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6146 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6147 @end deffn
6148
6149 @deffn Command {etm status}
6150 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6151 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6152 Did trace data overflow?
6153 Was it triggered?
6154 @end deffn
6155
6156 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6157 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6158 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6159 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6160 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6161
6162 @itemize
6163 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6164 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6165 The value is one of
6166 @option{none} (save nothing),
6167 @option{data} (save data),
6168 @option{address} (save addresses),
6169 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6170 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6171 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6172 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6173 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6174 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6175 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6176 trace stream without an image of the code.
6177 @end itemize
6178 @end deffn
6179
6180 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6181 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6182 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6183 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6184 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6185
6186 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6187 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6188 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6189 @end deffn
6190
6191 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6192
6193 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6194 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6195 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6196
6197 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6198 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6199 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6200 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6201 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6202 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6203 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6204
6205 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6206
6207 @itemize
6208 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6209 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6210 for instruction access within that function's body.
6211 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6212 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6213 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6214 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6215 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6216 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6217 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6218 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6219 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6220 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6221 @item @emph{... more}
6222 @end itemize
6223
6224 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6225 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6226
6227 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6228 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6229 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6230 @end deffn
6231
6232 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6233 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6234 @end deffn
6235
6236 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6237 Opens an image file.
6238 @end deffn
6239
6240 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6241 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6242 @end deffn
6243
6244 @deffn Command {etm start}
6245 Starts trace data collection.
6246 @end deffn
6247
6248 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6249 Stops trace data collection.
6250 @end deffn
6251
6252 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6253 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6254
6255 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6256
6257 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6258 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6259 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6260 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6261 any trace data collection.}
6262 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6263 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6264 @end deffn
6265 @end deffn
6266
6267 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6268 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6269 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6270 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6271 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6272 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6273 @end deffn
6274 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6275 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6276 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6277 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6278 trace trigger becomes active.
6279
6280 @itemize
6281 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6282 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6283 afterwards.
6284 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6285 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6286 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6287 what caused that event to happen.
6288 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6289 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6290 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6291 how the event caused trouble.
6292 @end itemize
6293 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6294 @end deffn
6295
6296 @end deffn
6297
6298 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6299 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6300 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6301 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6302 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6303
6304 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6305 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6306
6307 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6308 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6309 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6310 @end deffn
6311
6312 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6313 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6314 @end deffn
6315
6316 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6317 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6318 @end deffn
6319 @end deffn
6320
6321
6322 @section Generic ARM
6323 @cindex ARM
6324
6325 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6326 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6327 commands that may be available.
6328
6329 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6330 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6331 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6332 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6333 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6334 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6335 @end deffn
6336
6337 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6338 @cindex disassemble
6339 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6340 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6341 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6342 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6343 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6344 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6345 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6346
6347 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6348 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6349 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6350 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6351 with a handful of exceptions.
6352 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6353 @end deffn
6354
6355 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6356 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6357 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6358 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6359 and using the MCR instruction.
6360 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6361 an ARM register.)
6362 @end deffn
6363
6364 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6365 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6366 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6367 and the MRC instruction.
6368 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6369 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6370 an ARM register.)
6371 @end deffn
6372
6373 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6374 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6375 core mode if necessary.
6376 @end deffn
6377
6378 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6379 @cindex ARM semihosting
6380 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6381
6382 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6383 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6384 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6385 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6386 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6387 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6388 @end deffn
6389
6390 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6391 @cindex ARMv4
6392 @cindex ARMv5
6393
6394 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6395 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6396 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6397 variant.
6398
6399 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6400 @cindex ARM7
6401 @cindex ARM9
6402
6403 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6404 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6405 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6406 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6407
6408 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6409 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6410 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6411 instead of breakpoints.
6412 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6413
6414 This should be
6415 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6416 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6417 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6418 @end deffn
6419
6420 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6421 @cindex DCC
6422 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6423 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6424 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6425
6426 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6427 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6428 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6429 @end deffn
6430
6431 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6432 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6433 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6434 that don't check completion of the operation.
6435 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6436
6437 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6438 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6439 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6440 @end deffn
6441
6442 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6443 @cindex ARM720T
6444
6445 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6446 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6447 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6448 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6449
6450 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6451 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6452 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6453
6454 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6455 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6456 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6457 @end deffn
6458
6459 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6460 @cindex ARM9
6461
6462 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6463 integer processors.
6464 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6465
6466 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6467 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6468 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6469 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6470
6471 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6472 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6473 @cindex vector_catch
6474 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6475 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6476 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6477 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6478 to those hardware vectors.
6479
6480 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6481 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6482 vector catch hardware to intercept
6483 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6484 @option{none} of them,
6485 or a list with one or more of the following:
6486 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6487 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6488 @end deffn
6489
6490 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6491 @cindex ARM920T
6492
6493 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6494 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6495 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6496 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6497 and ARM9 commands.
6498
6499 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6500 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6501 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6502 @end deffn
6503
6504 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6505 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6506 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6507 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6508 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6509 (Not all registers can be written.)
6510 @end deffn
6511
6512 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6513 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6514 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6515
6516 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6517 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6518 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6519 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6520 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6521 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6522 @end deffn
6523
6524 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6525 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6526 @end deffn
6527
6528 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6529 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6530 @end deffn
6531
6532 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6533 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6534
6535 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6536 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6537 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6538 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6539 and ARM9 commands.
6540
6541 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6542 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6543
6544 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6545 Print information about the caches found.
6546 @end deffn
6547
6548 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6549 @cindex ARM966E
6550
6551 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6552 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6553 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6554 and ARM9 commands.
6555
6556 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6557 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6558 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6559 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6560 ARM966E-S TRM.
6561 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6562 as required for BIST support.
6563 @end deffn
6564
6565 @subsection XScale specific commands
6566 @cindex XScale
6567
6568 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6569
6570 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6571 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6572 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6573 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6574 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6575 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6576 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6577
6578 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6579 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6580 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6581 the mini-IC.
6582
6583 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6584 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6585 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6586 code layout in memory:
6587 @example
6588 _vectors:
6589 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6590 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6591 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6592 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6593 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6594 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6595 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6596 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6597 .org 0x100
6598 .long real_reset_vector
6599 .long real_ui_handler
6600 .long real_swi_handler
6601 .long real_pf_abort
6602 .long real_data_abort
6603 .long 0 /* unused */
6604 .long real_irq_handler
6605 .long real_fiq_handler
6606 @end example
6607
6608 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6609 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6610 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6611 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6612 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6613 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6614 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6615 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6616 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6617 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6618 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6619 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6620 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6621 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6622 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6623 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6624 software.
6625
6626 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6627 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6628 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6629 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6630
6631 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6632 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6633 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6634 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6635 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6636 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6637 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6638 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6639 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6640
6641 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6642 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6643
6644 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6645 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6646 @end deffn
6647
6648 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6649 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6650 @end deffn
6651
6652 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6653 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6654 @end deffn
6655
6656 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6657 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6658 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6659 @end deffn
6660
6661 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6662 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6663 @end deffn
6664
6665 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6666 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6667 @end deffn
6668
6669 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6670 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6671 @end deffn
6672
6673 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6674 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6675 @end deffn
6676
6677 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6678 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6679 @end deffn
6680
6681 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6682 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6683 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6684 and modifying how it is emptied.
6685 @end deffn
6686
6687 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6688 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6689 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6690 The image @var{type} may be one of
6691 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6692 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6693 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6694 @end deffn
6695
6696 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6697 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6698 @cindex vector_catch
6699 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6700 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6701
6702 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6703 @example
6704 0x01 Trap Reset
6705 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6706 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6707 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6708 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6709 0x20 reserved
6710 0x40 Trap IRQ
6711 0x80 Trap FIQ
6712 @end example
6713 @end deffn
6714
6715 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6716 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6717 @cindex vector_table
6718
6719 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6720 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6721 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6722 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6723 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6724
6725 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6726
6727 @end deffn
6728
6729 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6730 @cindex ARMv6
6731
6732 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6733 @cindex ARM11
6734
6735 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6736 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6737 which is enabled by default.
6738 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6739 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6740 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6741 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6742 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6743 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6744 @end deffn
6745
6746 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6747 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6748 which is enabled by default.
6749 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6750 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6751 @end deffn
6752
6753 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6754 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6755 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6756 they are disabled by default.
6757 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6758 @end deffn
6759
6760 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6761 @cindex vector_catch
6762 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6763 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6764 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6765
6766 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6767 for certain hardware events.
6768 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6769 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6770 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6771 @end deffn
6772
6773 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6774 @cindex ARMv7
6775
6776 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6777 @cindex Debug Access Port
6778 @cindex DAP
6779 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6780 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6781 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6782
6783 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6784 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6785 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6786 @end deffn
6787
6788 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6789 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6790 @end deffn
6791
6792 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6793 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6794 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6795 @end deffn
6796
6797 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6798 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6799 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6800 @end deffn
6801
6802 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6803 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6804 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6805 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6806 @end deffn
6807
6808 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6809 @cindex Cortex-M3
6810
6811 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6812 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6813
6814 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6815 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6816 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6817 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6818 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6819 the step command leaves with the core running.
6820
6821 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6822 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6823 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6824
6825 Default is @option{auto}.
6826 @end deffn
6827
6828 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6829 @cindex vector_catch
6830 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6831 for certain hardware events.
6832
6833 Parameters request interception of
6834 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6835 @option{none} of them,
6836 or one or more of the following:
6837 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6838 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6839 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6840 @option{irq_err},
6841 @option{state_err},
6842 @option{chk_err}, or
6843 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6844 @option{reset}.
6845 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6846 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6847 are mapped to HardFault.
6848 UsageFault checks for
6849 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6850 must also be explicitly enabled.
6851
6852 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6853 @end deffn
6854
6855 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6856 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6857 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6858 @itemize @minus
6859 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6860 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6861 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6862 @end itemize
6863 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6864 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6865 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6866 the peripherals.
6867 @xref{Target Events}.
6868 @end deffn
6869
6870 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6871 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6872 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6873 @cindex tracing
6874 @cindex libdcc
6875 @cindex DCC
6876 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6877 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6878 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6879 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6880
6881 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6882 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6883 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6884 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6885 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6886 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6887
6888 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6889 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6890 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6891 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6892 The target being debugged may
6893 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6894 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6895 each supported by a command:
6896
6897 @itemize
6898 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6899 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6900 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6901 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6902
6903 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6904 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6905 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6906
6907 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6908 and then displayed at any time.
6909 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6910
6911 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6912 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6913 @end itemize
6914
6915 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6916 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6917 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6918 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6919 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6920 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6921 does the same thing.
6922
6923 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6924 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6925 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6926 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6927 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6928
6929 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6930 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6931 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6932 @end deffn
6933
6934 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6935 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6936 in the order they triggered.
6937 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6938 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6939 history records.
6940 @end deffn
6941
6942 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6943 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6944 they have been triggered.
6945 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6946 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6947 and associates it with that identifier.
6948
6949 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6950 are not related except by this command.
6951 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6952 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6953 @end deffn
6954
6955
6956 @node JTAG Commands
6957 @chapter JTAG Commands
6958 @cindex JTAG Commands
6959 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6960 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6961 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6962 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6963 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6964
6965 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6966 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6967
6968 @itemize @bullet
6969 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6970 devices such as a CPUs.
6971 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6972 standard state machine (in parallel)
6973 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6974 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6975 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6976 while the reading previous ones.
6977 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6978 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6979 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6980 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6981 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6982 registers.
6983 @end itemize
6984
6985 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6986
6987 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6988 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6989 the order of TAP state transitions.
6990 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6991 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6992 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6993 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6994 these commands are not available.
6995
6996 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6997 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6998 that specify the entire register.
6999 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7000 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7001 The return value holds the original value of each
7002 of those fields.
7003
7004 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7005 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7006 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7007 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7008 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7009
7010 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7011 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7012
7013 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7014 in that state.
7015 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7016 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7017 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7018
7019 @quotation Warning
7020 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7021 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7022 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7023 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7024 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7025 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7026 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7027 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7028 @end quotation
7029 @end deffn
7030
7031 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7032 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7033 This may be used for performance tuning.
7034
7035 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7036 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7037 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7038 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7039 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7040 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7041 @end deffn
7042
7043 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7044 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7045 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7046 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7047 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7048 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7049
7050 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7051 in that state.
7052 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7053 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7054 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7055
7056 @quotation Note
7057 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7058 register values, unlike data register values.
7059 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7060 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7061 @end quotation
7062 @end deffn
7063
7064 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7065 Set values of reset signals.
7066 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7067 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7068 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7069 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7070 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7071 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7072 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7073
7074 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7075 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7076 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7077 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7078 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7079 instead of the TRST signal.
7080 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7081 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7082 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7083 with handlers for that event.
7084 @end deffn
7085
7086 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7087 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7088 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7089 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7090 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7091 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7092 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7093 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7094 The final state must also be stable.
7095 @end deffn
7096
7097 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7098 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7099 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7100 Instructions often need some time
7101 to execute before they take effect.
7102 @end deffn
7103
7104 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7105 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7106
7107 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7108 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7109 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7110 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7111 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7112 @end deffn
7113
7114 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7115 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7116 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7117 must also be enabled.
7118 Default is enabled.
7119 @end deffn
7120
7121 @section TAP state names
7122 @cindex TAP state names
7123
7124 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7125 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7126 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7127 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7128
7129 @itemize @bullet
7130 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7131 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7132 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7133 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7134 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7135 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7136 through the data register
7137 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7138 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7139 for update or more shifting
7140 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7141 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7142 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7143 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7144 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7145 through the instruction register
7146 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7147 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7148 for update or more shifting
7149 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7150 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7151 @end itemize
7152
7153 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7154 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7155 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7156 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7157
7158 @itemize @bullet
7159 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7160 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7161 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7162 may not be as expected.
7163 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7164 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7165 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7166 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7167 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7168 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7169 @end itemize
7170
7171 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7172 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7173
7174 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7175 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7176 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7177 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7178
7179 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7180 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7181 @cindex SVF
7182
7183 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7184 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7185 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7186 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7187
7188 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7189 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7190 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7191 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7192 each command is logged before it is executed.
7193 @end deffn
7194
7195 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7196 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7197 @cindex XSVF
7198
7199 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7200 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7201 Xilinx devices.
7202 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7203 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7204
7205 @quotation Important
7206 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7207 @end quotation
7208
7209 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7210 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7211 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7212 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7213 that TAP.
7214 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7215 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7216 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7217 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7218 @end deffn
7219
7220 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7221 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7222 after building the software.
7223 You may find them useful:
7224
7225 @itemize
7226 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7227 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7228 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7229 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7230 @end itemize
7231
7232 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7233 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7234 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7235 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7236 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7237 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7238 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7239
7240
7241 @node TFTP
7242 @chapter TFTP
7243 @cindex TFTP
7244 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7245 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7246
7247 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7248 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7249 server (tftpd). For example,
7250
7251 @example
7252 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7253 @end example
7254
7255 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7256 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7257
7258 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7259 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7260 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7261 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7262
7263 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7264 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7265 @cindex GDB
7266 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7267 to debug remote targets.
7268 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7269
7270 @itemize
7271 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7272 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7273 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7274 as shown in this chapter.
7275 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7276 that also will probably need to be configured.
7277 @end itemize
7278
7279 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7280 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7281 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7282 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7283 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7284 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7285
7286 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7287 @section Connecting to GDB
7288 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7289 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7290 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7291 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7292 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7293
7294 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7295
7296 @enumerate
7297 @item
7298 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7299 @example
7300 target remote localhost:3333
7301 @end example
7302 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7303 @item
7304 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7305 @example
7306 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7307 @end example
7308 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7309 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7310 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7311 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7312 @end enumerate
7313
7314 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7315 GDB command line.
7316
7317 @section Sample GDB session startup
7318
7319 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7320 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7321 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7322 small ARM program.
7323 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7324 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7325
7326 @example
7327 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7328 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7329 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7330 ...
7331 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7332 ...
7333 (gdb) load
7334 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7335 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7336 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7337 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7338 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7339 (gdb) continue
7340 Continuing.
7341 ...
7342 @end example
7343
7344 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7345 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7346 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7347 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7348
7349 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7350
7351 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7352 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7353 packet size and the device's memory map.
7354 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7355 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7356 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7357
7358 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7359 You may need to set those up by hand.
7360 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7361 something like:
7362
7363 @example
7364 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7365 @end example
7366
7367 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7368
7369 @example
7370 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7371 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7372 @end example
7373
7374 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7375 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7376 do not have such restrictions.
7377
7378 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7379 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7380 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7381
7382 @example
7383 define hook-step
7384 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7385 end
7386 define hookpost-step
7387 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7388 end
7389 @end example
7390
7391 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7392 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7393 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7394 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7395
7396 @section Programming using GDB
7397 @cindex Programming using GDB
7398
7399 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7400 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7401 @example
7402 gdb_memory_map disable
7403 @end example
7404 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7405 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7406 working area.
7407
7408 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7409 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7410 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7411 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7412
7413 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7414 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7415
7416 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7417 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7418 @example
7419 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7420 @end example
7421
7422 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7423 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7424
7425 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7426 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7427 will be used.
7428
7429 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7430 script can be executed:
7431 @example
7432 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7433 @end example
7434
7435 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7436 can be used.
7437 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7438 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7439 @cindex SMP
7440 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7441 @itemize @bullet
7442 @item j - smp status request
7443 @item J - smp set request
7444 @end itemize
7445
7446 OpenOCD implements :
7447 @itemize @bullet
7448 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7449 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7450 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7451 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7452 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7453 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7454 @end itemize
7455
7456 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7457 @itemize @bullet
7458 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7459 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7460 @example
7461 set $_core 1
7462 #Jc01 packet is sent
7463 print $_core
7464 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7465 @end example
7466
7467 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7468 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7469
7470 @example
7471 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7472 define toggle0
7473 maint packet Jc0
7474 continue
7475 main packet Jc-1
7476 end
7477 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7478 define toggle1
7479 maint packet Jc1
7480 continue
7481 main packet Jc-1
7482 end
7483 @end example
7484 @end itemize
7485
7486
7487 @node Tcl Scripting API
7488 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7489 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7490 @cindex Tcl scripts
7491 @section API rules
7492
7493 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7494 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7495 information as an argument to each proc.
7496
7497 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7498 pair list and lists.
7499
7500 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7501 list.
7502
7503 @verbatim
7504
7505 > set foo(me) Duane
7506 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7507 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7508 > set foo(duck) Donald
7509
7510 If one does this:
7511
7512 > set foo
7513
7514 The result is:
7515
7516 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7517
7518 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7519
7520 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7521 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7522 }
7523 @end verbatim
7524
7525 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7526 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7527
7528 @section Internal low-level Commands
7529
7530 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7531
7532 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7533 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7534 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7535
7536 @itemize @bullet
7537 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7538
7539 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7540 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7541
7542 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7543 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7544
7545 Return information about the flash banks
7546 @end itemize
7547
7548 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7549 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7550 called "flash_banks".
7551
7552 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7553
7554 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7555 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7556 holds one of the following values:
7557
7558 @itemize @bullet
7559 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7560 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7561 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7562 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7563 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7564 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7565 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7566 @end itemize
7567
7568 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7569
7570 @quotation Note
7571 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7572 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7573 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7574 is jim, not real tcl).
7575 @end quotation
7576
7577 @node FAQ
7578 @chapter FAQ
7579 @cindex faq
7580 @enumerate
7581 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7582 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7583 @cindex RTCK
7584 @cindex adaptive clocking
7585 @*
7586
7587 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7588 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7589 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7590 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7591
7592 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7593 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7594 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7595 @enumerate
7596 @item
7597 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7598 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7599 @item
7600 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7601 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7602 @end enumerate
7603
7604 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7605 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7606 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7607 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7608 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7609 power).
7610
7611 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7612 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7613 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7614 ARM926 scenario).
7615 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7616 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7617 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7618
7619 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7620 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7621 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7622 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7623
7624 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7625
7626 In order to make use of this,
7627 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7628 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7629
7630 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7631 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7632 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7633 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7634 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7635
7636 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7637 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7638 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7639 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7640
7641 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7642 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7643 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7644 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7645 with a CPLD.
7646 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7647 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7648 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7649 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7650 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7651 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7652
7653 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7654
7655 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7656
7657 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7658 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7659 depending on the chips on your board.
7660 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7661 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7662 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7663
7664 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7665 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7666 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7667
7668 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7669 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7670 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7671 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7672
7673 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7674 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7675 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7676 this way.
7677
7678 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7679 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7680 clock rate.
7681 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7682 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7683 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7684
7685 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7686
7687 @example
7688 # Example: 1.234MHz
7689 adapter_khz 1234
7690 @end example
7691
7692
7693 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7694
7695 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7696 around Windows filenames.
7697
7698 @example
7699 > echo \a
7700
7701 > echo @{\a@}
7702 \a
7703 > echo "\a"
7704
7705 >
7706 @end example
7707
7708
7709 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7710
7711 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7712 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7713 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7714
7715 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7716 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7717 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7718
7719 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7720 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7721 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7722
7723 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7724
7725 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7726 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7727 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7728 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7729
7730 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7731 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7732 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7733
7734 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7735 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7736
7737 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7738 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7739 memory read caused data abort".
7740
7741 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7742 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7743 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7744 be done, feel free to add this here.
7745
7746 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7747 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7748 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7749 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7750 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7751 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7752 gracefully stops.
7753
7754 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7755 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7756 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7757
7758 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7759 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7760 bytes. Painful...
7761
7762
7763 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7764 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7765
7766 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7767 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7768 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7769 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7770 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7771 reset, everything else should work fine.
7772
7773 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7774 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7775 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7776 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7777
7778 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7779 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7780 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7781 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7782
7783 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7784
7785 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7786 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7787 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7788 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7789
7790 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7791 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7792 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7793 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7794
7795 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7796 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7797 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7798
7799 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7800 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7801
7802 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7803 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7804 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7805 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7806 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7807 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7808 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7809 clock frequency?
7810
7811 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7812 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7813 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7814 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7815 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7816
7817 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7818
7819 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7820 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7821 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7822 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7823 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7824 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7825 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7826
7827 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7828
7829 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7830 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7831 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7832 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7833
7834 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7835 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7836 particular order?
7837
7838 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7839 the same order used by the hardware.
7840
7841 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7842 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7843 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7844 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7845 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7846 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7847
7848 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7849 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7850 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7851 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7852
7853 @itemize @bullet
7854 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7855 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7856 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7857 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7858 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7859 @end itemize
7860
7861 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7862
7863 @itemize @bullet
7864 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7865 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7866 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7867 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7868 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7869 @end itemize
7870
7871
7872 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7873 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7874 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7875
7876 TODO.
7877
7878 @end enumerate
7879
7880 @node Tcl Crash Course
7881 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7882 @cindex Tcl
7883
7884 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7885 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7886 how the Tcl scripts work.
7887
7888 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7889 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7890 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7891 OpenOCD.
7892
7893 @section Tcl Rule #1
7894 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7895 @enumerate
7896 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7897 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7898 @end enumerate
7899
7900 The Tcl equal is this:
7901
7902 @enumerate
7903 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7904 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7905 @end enumerate
7906
7907 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7908 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7909
7910 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7911 There is a second pair of rules.
7912 @enumerate
7913 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7914 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7915 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7916 in Tcl.
7917 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7918 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7919 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7920 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7921 @end enumerate
7922
7923 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7924 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7925 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7926 Everything is a string}
7927
7928 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7929 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7930 difference is subtle.
7931 @enumerate
7932 @item Parse Time
7933 @item Evaluation Time
7934 @end enumerate
7935
7936 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7937 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7938 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7939
7940 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7941 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7942 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7943 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7944
7945 @itemize @bullet
7946 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7947 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7948 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7949 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7950 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7951 @example
7952 # bash example
7953 X=`date`
7954 echo "The Date is: $X"
7955 # Tcl example
7956 set X [date]
7957 puts "The Date is: $X"
7958 @end example
7959 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7960 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7961 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7962 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7963 is a string}
7964 @example
7965 set x "Dinner"
7966 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7967 @end example
7968 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7969 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7970 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7971 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7972 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7973 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7974 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7975 @end itemize
7976
7977 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7978
7979 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7980
7981 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7982
7983 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7984 the normal way.
7985
7986 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7987 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7988 line is immedatly executed.
7989
7990 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7991 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7992
7993 @subsection Command Execution
7994
7995 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7996 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7997 control flow operators.
7998
7999 Commands are executed like this:
8000
8001 @enumerate
8002 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8003 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8004 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8005 @end enumerate
8006
8007 It sort of works like this:
8008 @example
8009 for(;;)@{
8010 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8011
8012 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8013
8014 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8015 @}
8016 @end example
8017
8018 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8019 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8020 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8021 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8022 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8023 ``LookupCommand()''
8024
8025 @subsection The FOR command
8026
8027 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8028 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8029 command just like any other command.
8030
8031 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8032 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8033 are:
8034
8035 @enumerate 0
8036 @item The ascii text 'for'
8037 @item The start text
8038 @item The test expression
8039 @item The next text
8040 @item The body text
8041 @end enumerate
8042
8043 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8044 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8045 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8046 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8047
8048 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8049 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8050
8051 @example
8052 int
8053 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8054 int *argc,
8055 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8056 @end example
8057
8058 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8059 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8060 still operates in the same basic way.
8061
8062 @subsection FOR command implementation
8063
8064 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8065 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8066
8067 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8068
8069 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8070
8071 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8072 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8073 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8074
8075 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8076 expression and returns a value.
8077
8078 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8079 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8080 @example
8081 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8082
8083 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8084
8085 int
8086 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8087 int argc,
8088 char **argv )
8089 @{
8090 if( argc != 5 )@{
8091 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8092 return ERROR;
8093 @}
8094
8095 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8096
8097 // Execute the start statement.
8098 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8099
8100 // Top of loop test
8101 for(;;)@{
8102 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8103 if( i == 0 )
8104 break;
8105
8106 // Execute the body
8107 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8108
8109 // Execute the LOOP part
8110 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8111 @}
8112
8113 // Return no error
8114 SetResult( interp, "" );
8115 return SUCCESS;
8116 @}
8117 @end example
8118
8119 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8120 in the same basic way.
8121
8122 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8123
8124 @subsection source and find commands
8125 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8126 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8127 @*Remember the parsing rules
8128 @enumerate
8129 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8130 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8131 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8132 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8133 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8134 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8135 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8136 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8137 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8138 @end enumerate
8139 @subsection format command
8140 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8141 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8142 @b{sprintf()}.
8143 @b{Example}
8144 @example
8145 set x 6
8146 set y 7
8147 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8148 @end example
8149 @enumerate
8150 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8151 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8152 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8153 @* Refer to Rule #1
8154 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8155 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8156 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8157 @end enumerate
8158 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8159 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8160 @example
8161 #1 Good
8162 proc someproc @{@} @{
8163 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8164 @}
8165 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8166 #2 Good - no variables
8167 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8168 #3 Good Curly Braces
8169 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8170 puts "Time: [date]"
8171 @}
8172 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8173 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8174 @end example
8175 @enumerate
8176 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8177 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8178 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8179 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8180 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8181 command.
8182 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8183 @*There are 4 examples:
8184 @enumerate
8185 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8186 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8187 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8188 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8189 @end enumerate
8190
8191 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8192 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8193 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8194
8195 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8196 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8197 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8198 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8199 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8200 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8201 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8202 @end enumerate
8203 @subsection Global Variables
8204 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8205 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8206 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8207 @example
8208 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8209 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8210 global x #Global variable X
8211 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8212 @}
8213 @end example
8214 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8215 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8216 @example
8217 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8218 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8219 # Create var name
8220 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8221 # Make it a global
8222 global $vn
8223 # Set it.
8224 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8225 @}
8226 @end example
8227 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8228 @example
8229 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8230 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8231 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8232 @}
8233 @end example
8234
8235 @include fdl.texi
8236
8237 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8238 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8239 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8240 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8241 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8242 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8243
8244 @printindex cp
8245
8246 @node Command and Driver Index
8247 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8248 @printindex fn
8249
8250 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)